WO2010078175A1 - Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation - Google Patents

Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010078175A1
WO2010078175A1 PCT/US2009/069334 US2009069334W WO2010078175A1 WO 2010078175 A1 WO2010078175 A1 WO 2010078175A1 US 2009069334 W US2009069334 W US 2009069334W WO 2010078175 A1 WO2010078175 A1 WO 2010078175A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
flexure zone
catheter apparatus
flexure
thermal
distal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/069334
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Andrew Wu
Benjamin J. Clark
Denise Zarins
Erik Thai
Original Assignee
Ardian, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US12/545,648 external-priority patent/US8652129B2/en
Priority to CN200980157662.7A priority Critical patent/CN102438690B/en
Priority to JP2011544509A priority patent/JP5827128B2/en
Priority to KR1020177005019A priority patent/KR101751258B1/en
Priority to BRPI0923912A priority patent/BRPI0923912A2/en
Priority to RU2011131923/14A priority patent/RU2011131923A/en
Application filed by Ardian, Inc. filed Critical Ardian, Inc.
Priority to AU2009333040A priority patent/AU2009333040B2/en
Priority to MX2011007020A priority patent/MX2011007020A/en
Priority to NZ594338A priority patent/NZ594338A/en
Priority to CA2748454A priority patent/CA2748454C/en
Priority to SG2011047479A priority patent/SG172801A1/en
Priority to US12/759,641 priority patent/US8808345B2/en
Publication of WO2010078175A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010078175A1/en
Priority to IL213854A priority patent/IL213854A/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/14Probes or electrodes therefor
    • A61B18/1492Probes or electrodes therefor having a flexible, catheter-like structure, e.g. for heart ablation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating
    • A61B18/12Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by heating by passing a current through the tissue to be heated, e.g. high-frequency current
    • A61B18/1206Generators therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M25/00Catheters; Hollow probes
    • A61M25/01Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
    • A61M25/0105Steering means as part of the catheter or advancing means; Markers for positioning
    • A61M25/0133Tip steering devices
    • A61M25/0141Tip steering devices having flexible regions as a result of using materials with different mechanical properties
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/02Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by cooling, e.g. cryogenic techniques
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/18Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B18/18Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves
    • A61B18/20Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser
    • A61B18/22Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser the beam being directed along or through a flexible conduit, e.g. an optical fibre; Couplings or hand-pieces therefor
    • A61B18/24Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body by applying electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves using laser the beam being directed along or through a flexible conduit, e.g. an optical fibre; Couplings or hand-pieces therefor with a catheter
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00017Electrical control of surgical instruments
    • A61B2017/00212Electrical control of surgical instruments using remote controls
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/00234Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/00292Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery mounted on or guided by flexible, e.g. catheter-like, means
    • A61B2017/003Steerable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00053Mechanical features of the instrument of device
    • A61B2018/00172Connectors and adapters therefor
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00345Vascular system
    • A61B2018/00404Blood vessels other than those in or around the heart
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00434Neural system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00315Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for treatment of particular body parts
    • A61B2018/00505Urinary tract
    • A61B2018/00511Kidney
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00571Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body for achieving a particular surgical effect
    • A61B2018/00577Ablation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00642Sensing and controlling the application of energy with feedback, i.e. closed loop control
    • A61B2018/00648Sensing and controlling the application of energy with feedback, i.e. closed loop control using more than one sensed parameter
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00696Controlled or regulated parameters
    • A61B2018/00702Power or energy
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00791Temperature
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00791Temperature
    • A61B2018/00797Temperature measured by multiple temperature sensors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00791Temperature
    • A61B2018/00821Temperature measured by a thermocouple
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B18/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body
    • A61B2018/00636Sensing and controlling the application of energy
    • A61B2018/00773Sensed parameters
    • A61B2018/00875Resistance or impedance
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B90/00Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
    • A61B90/39Markers, e.g. radio-opaque or breast lesions markers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N7/00Ultrasound therapy
    • A61N2007/0004Applications of ultrasound therapy
    • A61N2007/0021Neural system treatment
    • A61N2007/003Destruction of nerve tissue

Definitions

  • the technologies disclosed in the present application generally relate to apparatus, systems, and methods for intravascular neuromodulation. More particularly, the technologies disclosed herein relate to apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular renal neuromodulation via thermal heating.
  • Reduction of sympathetic renal nerve activity can reverse these processes.
  • Ardian, Inc. of Palo Alto, CA, has discovered that an energy field, including and comprising an electric field, can initiate renal neuromodulation via denervation caused by irreversible electroporation, electrofusion, apoptosis, necrosis, ablation, thermal alteration, alteration of gene expression or another suitable modality.
  • One aspect of the present application provides apparatuses, systems, and methods that incorporate a treatment device comprising an elongated shaft.
  • the elongated shaft is sized and configured to deliver a thermal heating element to a renal artery via an intravascular path that includes a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and the aorta.
  • Different sections of the elongated shaft serve different mechanical functions when in use.
  • the sections are differentiated in terms of their size, configuration, and mechanical properties for (i) percutaneous introduction into a femoral artery through a small-diameter access site; (ii) atraumatic passage through the tortuous intravascular path through an iliac artery, into the aorta, and into a respective left/right renal artery, including (iii) accommodating significant flexure at the junction of the left/right renal arteries and aorta to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery; (iv) accommodating controlled translation, deflection, and/or rotation within the respective renal artery to attain proximity to and a desired alignment with an interior wall of the respective renal artery; and (v) allowing the
  • Fig. 1 is a conceptual illustration of the sympathetic nervous system (SNS) and how the brain communicates with the body via the SNS.
  • SNS sympathetic nervous system
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged anatomic view of nerves innervating a left kidney to form the renal plexus surrounding the left renal artery.
  • FIGs. 3A and 3B provide anatomic and conceptual views of a human body, respectively, depicting neural efferent and afferent communication between the brain and kidneys
  • FIGs. 4A and 4B are, respectively, anatomic views of the arterial and venous vasculatures of a human.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a system for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation, comprising a treatment device and a generator.
  • Figs. 6A to6D are anatomic views of the intravascular delivery, deflection and placement of embodiments of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 through the femoral artery and into a renal artery.
  • Figs. 7A to 7D are a series of views of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5, showing the different mechanical and functional regions that the elongated shaft incorporates.
  • Fig. 7E shows an anatomic view of the placement of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 within the dimensions of the renal artery.
  • Figs. 8A to 8C show the placement of a thermal heating element, which is carried at the distal end of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig, 5, into contact with tissue along a renal artery.
  • Figs. 9A and 9B show placement of the thermal heating element shown in Figs. 8A to 8C into contact with tissue along a renal artery and delivery of thermal treatment to the renal plexus.
  • Figs. 10A and 10B show a representative embodiment of the force transmitting section of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 11A to 11 C show a representative embodiment of the proximal flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 12A to 12D show a representative embodiment of the intermediate flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 13A to 13C show alternative embodiments of the intermediate flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 14A to 14C show alternative embodiments of the intermediate flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 15A to 15C show a representative embodiment of the distal flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 15D to 15F show multiple planar views of the bending capability of the distal flexure zone corresponding to the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 15G and 15H show alternative embodiments of the distal flexure zone corresponding to the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 151 and 15J show an alternative catheter embodiment of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 comprising an intermediate section comprising an arch wire.
  • Figs. 16A and 16B show a representative embodiment of a rotational control mechanism coupled to the handle assembly of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Figs. 16C and 16D show a handle assembly of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 with a rotational control mechanism having a rotational limiting element and an actuator.
  • FIGs. 17A and 17B show an alternative representative embodiment of an elongated shaft for a treatment device like that shown in Fig. 5, showing examples of
  • FIGs. 18A and 18B show another alternative representative embodiment of an elongated shaft for a treatment device like that shown in Fig. 5, showing examples of the different mechanical and functional regions that the elongated shaft can incorporate.
  • Figs. 19A to 19H show the intravascular delivery, placement, deflection, rotation, retraction, repositioning and use of a treatment device, like that shown in Fig. 5, to achieve thermally-induced renal neuromodulation from within a renal artery.
  • Figs. 191 to 19K show the circumferential treatment effect resulting from intravascular use of a treatment device, like that shown in Fig. 5.
  • Fig. 19L shows an alternative intravascular treatment approach using the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Fig. 20 shows an energy delivery algorithm corresponding to the energy generator of the system shown in Fig. 5.
  • Fig. 21 shows several components of the system and treatment device shown in Fig. 5 packaged within a single kit.
  • Figs. 22A to 22C show fluoroscopic images of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 in multiple treatment positions within a renal artery of an animal.
  • Figs. 22D and 22E show fluoroscopic images of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 in multiple treatment positions within a renal artery during a human study.
  • Fig. 23 is an isometric view of another handle assembly for the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
  • Fig. 24 is an exploded isometric view of the handle assembly of Figure 23.
  • Fig. 25 is a side cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of Figure 23.
  • FIGS. 26A to 26C provide detailed side cross-sectional views of the handle assembly of Figure 25, illustrating coordinated angular rotation of the actuator and linear translation of the carrier relative to the housing assembly
  • Figure 27 is a detailed isometric view of the actuator and O-ring of the handle assembly of Figure 24.
  • Fig. 28 is a detailed isometric view of the distal portion of the handle assembly body of Fig. 23.
  • Fig. 29 is a detailed, sectioned isometric view of the distal portion of the handle assembly of Fig. 23.
  • the Sympathetic Nervous System is a branch of the autonomic nervous system along with the enteric nervous system and parasympathetic nervous system. It is always active at a basal level (called sympathetic tone) and becomes more active during times of stress. Like other parts of the nervous system, the sympathetic nervous system operates through a series of interconnected neurons. Sympathetic neurons are frequently considered part of the peripheral nervous system (PNS), although many lie within the central nervous system (CNS). Sympathetic neurons of the spinal cord (which is part of the CNS) communicate with peripheral sympathetic neurons via a series of sympathetic ganglia. Within the ganglia, spinal cord sympathetic neurons join peripheral sympathetic neurons through synapses. Spinal cord sympathetic neurons are therefore called presynaptic
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -6- (or preganglionic) neurons, while peripheral sympathetic neurons are called postsynaptic (or postganglionic) neurons.
  • preganglionic sympathetic neurons release acetylcholine, a chemical messenger that binds and activates nicotinic acetylcholine receptors on postganglionic neurons.
  • postganglionic neurons principally release noradrenaline (norepinephrine). Prolonged activation can elicit the release of adrenaline from the adrenal medulla.
  • norepinephrine and epinephrine bind adrenergic receptors on peripheral tissues. Binding to adrenergic receptors causes a neuronal and hormonal response. The physiologic manifestations include pupil dilation, increased heart rate, occasional vomiting, and increased blood pressure. Increased sweating is also seen due to binding of cholinergic receptors of the sweat glands.
  • the sympathetic nervous system is responsible for up- and down-regulating many homeostatic mechanisms in living organisms. Fibers from the SNS innervate tissues in almost every organ system, providing at least some regulatory function to things as diverse as pupil diameter, gut motility, and urinary output. This response is also known as sympatho-adrenal response of the body, as the preganglionic sympathetic fibers that end in the adrenal medulla (but also all other sympathetic fibers) secrete acetylcholine, which activates the secretion of adrenaline (epinephrine) and to a lesser extent noradrenaline (norepinephrine). Therefore, this response that acts primarily on the cardiovascular system is mediated directly via impulses transmitted through the sympathetic nervous system and indirectly via catecholamines secreted from the adrenal medulla.
  • the SNS provides a network of nerves that allows the brain to communicate with the body.
  • Sympathetic nerves originate inside the vertebral column, toward the middle of the spinal cord in the intermediolateral cell column (or lateral horn), beginning at the first thoracic segment of the spinal cord and are thought to extend to the second or third lumbar segments. Because its cells begin in the thoracic and lumbar regions of the spinal cord, the SNS is said to have a thoracolumbar outflow. Axons of these nerves leave the spinal cord through the anterior rootlet/root. They pass near the spinal (sensory) ganglion, where they enter the anterior rami of the spinal nerves.
  • the axons In order to reach the target organs and glands, the axons must travel long distances in the body, and, to accomplish this, many axons relay their message to a second cell through synaptic transmission. The ends of the axons link across a space, the synapse, to the dendrites of the second cell. The first cell (the presynaptic cell) sends a neurotransmitter across the synaptic cleft where it activates the second cell (the postsynaptic cell). The message is then carried to the final destination.
  • the SNS and other components of the peripheral nervous system these synapses are made at sites called ganglia.
  • the cell that sends its fiber is called a preganglionic cell, while the cell whose fiber leaves the ganglion is called a postganglionic cell.
  • the preganglionic cells of the SNS are located between the first thoracic (T1 ) segment and third lumbar (L3) segments of the spinal cord.
  • Postganglionic cells have their cell bodies in the ganglia and send their axons to target organs or glands.
  • the ganglia include not just the sympathetic trunks but also the cervical ganglia (superior, middle and inferior), which sends sympathetic nerve fibers to the head and thorax organs, and the celiac and mesenteric ganglia (which send sympathetic fibers to the gut).
  • the renal plexus (RP) is an autonomic plexus that surrounds the renal artery and is embedded within the adventitia of the renal artery.
  • the renal plexus extends along the renal artery until it arrives at the substance of the kidney. Fibers contributing to the renal plexus arise from the celiac ganglion, the superior mesenteric ganglion, the aorticorenal ganglion and the aortic plexus.
  • the renal plexus (RP) also referred to as the renal nerve, is predominantly comprised of sympathetic components. There is no (or at least very minimum) parasympathetic innervation of the kidney.
  • Preganglionic neuronal cell bodies are located in the intermediolateral cell column of the spinal cord. Preganglionic axons pass through the paravertebral ganglia (they do not synapse) to become the lesser splanchnic nerve, the least splanchnic nerve, first lumbar splanchnic nerve, second lumbar splanchnic nerve, and travel to the celiac ganglion, the superior mesenteric ganglion, and the aorticorenal ganglion. Postganglionic neuronal cell bodies exit the celiac ganglion, the superior mesenteric ganglion, and the aorticorenal ganglion to the renal plexus (RP) and are distributed to the renal vasculature.
  • RP renal plexus
  • Efferent messages can trigger changes in different parts of the body simultaneously.
  • the sympathetic nervous system can accelerate heart rate; widen bronchial passages; decrease motility (movement) of the large intestine; constrict blood vessels; increase peristalsis in the esophagus; cause pupil dilation, piloerection (goose bumps) and perspiration (sweating); and raise blood pressure.
  • Afferent messages carry signals from various organs and sensory receptors in the body to other organs and, particularly, the brain.
  • the renal sympathetic nervous system has been identified as a major contributor to the complex pathophysiology of hypertension, states of volume overload (such as heart failure), and progressive renal disease, both experimentally and in humans.
  • Studies employing radiotracer dilution methodology to measure overflow of norepinephrine from the kidneys to plasma revealed increased renal norepinephrine (NE) spillover rates in patients with essential hypertension, particularly so in young hypertensive subjects, which in concert with increased NE spillover from the heart, is consistent with the hemodynamic profile typically seen in early hypertension and characterized by an increased heart rate, cardiac output and renovascular resistance.
  • NE renal norepinephrine
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -10- hypertension, left ventricular hypertrophy, ventricular arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death.
  • Sympathetic nerves to the kidneys terminate in the blood vessels, the juxtaglomerular apparatus and the renal tubules. Stimulation of the renal sympathetic nerves causes increased renin release, increased sodium (Na+) reabsorption and a reduction of renal blood flow. These components of the neural regulation of renal function are considerably stimulated in disease states characterized by heightened sympathetic tone and clearly contribute to the rise in blood pressure in hypertensive patients. The reduction of renal blood flow and glomerular filtration rate as a result of renal sympathetic efferent stimulation is likely a cornerstone of the loss of renal function in cardio-renal syndrome, which is renal dysfunction as a progressive complication of chronic heart failure, with a clinical course that typically fluctuates with the patient's clinical status and treatment.
  • Pharmacologic strategies to thwart the consequences of renal efferent sympathetic stimulation include centrally acting sympatholytic drugs, beta blockers (intended to reduce renin release), angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors and receptor blockers (intended to block the action of angiotensin Il and aldosterone activation consequent to renin release) and diuretics (intended to counter the renal sympathetic mediated sodium and water retention).
  • the current pharmacologic strategies have significant limitations including limited efficacy, compliance issues, side effects, and others.
  • kidneys communicate with integral structures in the central nervous system via renal sensory afferent nerves.
  • renal injury can induce activation of sensory afferent signals.
  • renal ischemia reduction in stroke volume or renal blood flow, or an abundance of adenosine enzyme may trigger activation of afferent neural communication.
  • this afferent communication might be from the kidney to the brain or might be from one kidney to the other kidney (via the central nervous system).
  • These afferent signals are centrally integrated and result in increased sympathetic outflow. This
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -1 1 - sympathetic drive is directed towards the kidneys, thereby activating the RAAS and inducing increased renin secretion, sodium retention, volume retention and vasoconstriction.
  • Central sympathetic overactivity also impacts other organs and bodily structures innervated by sympathetic nerves such as the heart and the peripheral vasculature, resulting in the described adverse effects of sympathetic activation, several aspects of which also contribute to the rise in blood pressure.
  • renal denervation is likely to be valuable in the treatment of several clinical conditions characterized by increased overall and particularly renal sympathetic activity such as hypertension, metabolic syndrome, diabetes, left ventricular hypertrophy, chronic and end stage renal disease, inappropriate fluid retention in heart failure, cardio-renal syndrome and sudden death.
  • renal denervation might also be useful in treating other conditions associated with systemic sympathetic hyperactivity.
  • renal denervation can also benefit other organs and bodily structures innervated by sympathetic nerves, including those identified in Figure 1.
  • a reduction in central sympathetic drive may reduce the insulin resistance that afflicts people with metabolic syndrome and Type Il diabetics.
  • patients with osteoporosis are also sympathetically activated and might also benefit from the downregulation of sympathetic drive that accompanies renal denervation.
  • Fig. 4A blood moved by contractions of the heart is conveyed from the left ventricle of the heart by the aorta.
  • the aorta descends through the thorax and branches into the left and right renal arteries.
  • the aorta bifurcates at the left and right iliac arteries.
  • the left and right iliac arteries descend, respectively, through the left and right legs and join the left and right femoral arteries.
  • the blood collects in veins and returns to the heart, through the femoral veins into the iliac veins and into the inferior vena cava.
  • the inferior vena cava branches into the left and right renal veins.
  • the inferior vena cava ascends to convey blood into the right atrium of the heart. From the right atrium, the blood is pumped through the right ventricle into the lungs, where it is oxygenated. From the lungs, the oxygenation blood is conveyed into the left atrium. From the left atrium, the oxygenated blood is conveyed by the left ventricle back to the aorta.
  • the femoral artery can be exposed and cannulated at the base of the femoral triangle, just inferior to the midpoint of the inguinal ligament.
  • a catheter can be inserted through this access site, percutaneously into the femoral artery and passed into the iliac artery and aorta, into either the left or right renal artery. This comprises an intravascular path that offers minimally invasive access to a respective renal artery and/or other renal blood vessels.
  • the wrist, upper arm, and shoulder region provide other locations for introduction of catheters into the arterial system.
  • Catheterization of either the radial, brachial, or axillary artery may be utilized in select cases.
  • Catheters introduced via these access points may be passed through the subclavian artery on the left side (or via the subclavian and brachiocephalic arteries on the right side), through the aortic arch, down the descending aorta and into the renal arteries using standard angiographic technique.
  • FIG. 5 shows a system 10 for thermally inducing neuromodulation of a left and/or right renal plexus (RP) through intravascular access.
  • RP renal plexus
  • the left and/or right renal plexus surrounds the respective left and/or right renal artery.
  • the renal plexus extends in intimate association with the respective renal artery into the substance of the kidney.
  • the system thermally induces neuromodulation of a renal plexus (RP) by intravascular access into the respective left or right renal artery.
  • the system 10 includes an intravascular treatment device 12.
  • the treatment device 12 provides access to the renal plexus (RP) through an intravascular path 14 that leads to a respective renal artery, as Fig. 6A shows.
  • RP renal plexus
  • the treatment device 12 includes an elongated shaft 16 having a proximal end region 18 and a distal end region 20.
  • the proximal end region 18 of the elongated shaft 16 includes a handle assembly 200.
  • the handle assembly 200 is sized and configured to be securely or ergonomically held and manipulated by a caregiver (see, e.g., Fig. 16A) outside an intravascular path 14 (see, e.g., Fig. 6A).
  • a caregiver see, e.g., Fig. 16A
  • an intravascular path 14 see, e.g., Fig. 6A.
  • Image guidance e.g., CT, radiographic, or another suitable guidance modality, or combinations thereof, can be used to aid the caregiver's manipulation.
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can flex in a substantial fashion to gain entrance into a respective left/right renal artery by manipulation of the elongated shaft 16.
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can gain entrance to the renal artery via passage within a guide catheter 94.
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 carries at least one thermal element 24 (e.g., thermal heating
  • the thermal heating element 24 is also specially sized and configured for manipulation and use within a renal artery.
  • Fig. 6B shows (and as will be described in greater detail later), once entrance to a renal artery is gained, further manipulation of the distal end region 20 and the thermal heating element 24 within the respective renal artery establishes proximity to and alignment between the thermal heating element 24 and tissue along an interior wall of the respective renal artery. In some embodiments, manipulation of the distal end region 20 will also facilitate contact between the thermal heating element 24 and wall of the renal artery.
  • the thermal heating element 24 of distal end region 20 is positioned along a distal portion of distal flexure zone 44.
  • the distal end region 20 optionally may comprise one or more additional thermal heating elements that are positioned relatively more proximal.
  • the thermal heating elements may deliver power independently (i.e., may be used in a monopolar fashion), either simultaneously or progressively, and/or may deliver power between any desired combination of the elements (i.e., may be used in a bipolar fashion).
  • the caregiver optionally may be capable of dynamically choosing which thermal heating element(s) are used for power delivery in order to form highly customizable lesion(s) within the renal artery, as desired.
  • one or more additional thermal heating elements 24a optionally may be positioned at a proximal region of the distal flexure zone 44 and/or at a distal region of an intermediate flexure zone 34 for contacting an internal wall of the renal artery at position(s) longitudinally spaced, but generally in angular alignment, with the distally located thermal heating element 24.
  • the spacing of the thermal heating elements 24 and 24a may be specified to provide a desired spacing between lesions formed when using the elements within a renal artery.
  • thermal heating elements 24 and 24a are spaced apart as far as about 1 cm. In other embodiments, the spacing between thermal heating elements 24 and 24a is in the range of about 2 mm to about 5 mm. In one representative embodiment, the
  • thermal heating elements 24 and 24a are spaced apart about 5 mm. In another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24a are spaced apart about 2 mm.
  • one or more thermal heating elements 24b may be positioned relatively more proximal for contacting an internal wall of the renal artery at position(s) that are longitudinally and angularly spaced (e.g., in angular opposition) from the distally located thermal heating element 24.
  • Such thermal heating element(s) 24b may, for example, be positioned at an apex of a bend formed during deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34, at a proximal region of the intermediate flexure zone 34, and/or at a distal region of a proximal flexure zone 32.
  • thermal heating elements 24 and 24b are spaced apart about 7 mm to about 25 mm. In another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24b can be spaced as far as about 30 mm. In another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24b are spaced apart about 11 mm. In still another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24b are spaced apart about 17.5 mm.
  • sections of the elongated shaft 16 serve different mechanical functions when in use.
  • the sections are thereby desirably differentiated in terms of their size, configuration, and mechanical properties for (i) percutaneous introduction into a femoral artery through a small-diameter access site; (ii) atraumatic passage through the tortuous intravascular path 14 through an iliac artery, into the aorta, and into a respective left/right renal artery, including (iii) significant flexure near the junction of the left/right renal arteries and aorta to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery; (iv) controlled translation, deflection, and/or rotation within the respective renal artery to attain proximity to and a desired alignment with an interior wall of the respective renal artery; and (v) the placement of a thermal heating element 24 into contact with tissue on the interior wall.
  • the system 10 also includes a thermal generator 26 (e.g., a thermal energy generator). Under the control of the caregiver or automated control algorithm 102 (as will be described in greater detail later), the generator 26 generates a selected form and magnitude of thermal energy.
  • a cable 28 operatively attached to the handle assembly 200 electrically connects the thermal heating element 24 to the generator 26.
  • At least one supply wire (not shown) passing along the elongated shaft 16 or through a lumen in the elongated shaft 16 from the handle assembly 200 to the thermal heating element 24 conveys the treatment energy to the thermal heating element 24.
  • a control mechanism, such as foot pedal 100 is connected (e.g., pneumatically connected or electrically connected) to the generator 26 to allow the operator to initiate, terminate and, optionally, adjust various operational characteristics of the generator, including, but not limited to, power delivery.
  • a neutral or dispersive electrode 38 can be electrically connected to the generator 26.
  • one or more sensors 52 such as one or more temperature (e.g., thermocouple, thermistor, etc.), impedance, pressure, optical, flow, chemical or other sensors, can be located proximate to or within the thermal heating element and connected to one or more of the supply wires. With two supply wires, one wire could convey the energy to the thermal heating element and one wire could transmit the signal from the sensor. Alternatively, both wires could transmit energy to the thermal heating element.
  • the purposeful application of energy from the generator 26 to tissue by the thermal heating element 24 induces one or more desired thermal heating effects on localized regions of the renal artery and adjacent regions of the renal plexus (RP), which lay intimately within or adjacent to the adventitia of the renal artery.
  • the purposeful application of the thermal heating effects can achieve neuromodulation along all or a portion of the RP.
  • the thermal heating effects can include both thermal ablation and non- ablative thermal alteration or damage (e.g., via sustained heating and/or resistive heating). Desired thermal heating effects may include raising the temperature of target neural fibers above a desired threshold to achieve non-ablative thermal alteration, or above a higher temperature to achieve ablative thermal alteration.
  • the target temperature can be above body temperature (e.g., approximately 37°C) but less than about 45°C for non-ablative thermal alteration, or the target temperature can be about 45°C or higher for the ablative thermal alteration.
  • the system 10 may have a different configuration and/or include different features.
  • multi-thermal heating element devices such as multi-electrode baskets or other balloon expandable devices, may be implemented to intravascularly deliver neuromodulatory treatment with or without contacting the vessel wall.
  • intravascular access to an interior of a renal artery can be achieved through the femoral artery.
  • the elongated shaft 16 is specially sized and configured to accommodate passage through this intravascular path 14, which leads from a percutaneous access site in the femoral artery to a targeted treatment site within a renal artery.
  • the caregiver is able to orient the thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery for its intended purpose.
  • the maximum outer dimension (e.g., diameter) of any section of the elongated shaft 16, including the thermal heating element 24 it carries, is dictated by the inner diameter of the guide catheter through which the elongated shaft 16 is passed. Assuming, for example, that an 8 French guide catheter (which has an inner diameter of approximately 0.091 inches) would likely be, from a clinical perspective, the largest guide catheter used to access the renal artery, and allowing for a reasonable clearance tolerance between the thermal
  • the maximum outer dimension can be realistically expressed as being less than or equal to approximately 0.085 inches.
  • use of a smaller 5 French guide catheter 94 may require the use of smaller outer diameters along the elongated shaft 16.
  • a thermal heating element 24 that is to be routed within a 5 French guide catheter would have an outer dimension of no greater than 0.053 inches.
  • a thermal heating element 24 that is to be routed within a 6 French guide catheter would have an outer dimension of no great than 0.070 inches.
  • the proximal end region 18 of the elongated shaft 16 includes, coupled to the handle assembly 200, a force transmitting section 30.
  • the force transmitting section 30 is sized and configured to possess selected mechanical properties that accommodate physical passage through and the transmission of forces within the intravascular path 14, as it leads from the accessed femoral artery (left or right), through the respective iliac branch artery and into the aorta, and in proximity to the targeted renal artery (left or right).
  • the mechanical properties of the force transmitting section 30 include at least a preferred effective length (expressed in inches or centimeters).
  • the force transmitting section 30 includes a preferred effective length L1.
  • the preferred effective length L1 is a function of the anatomic distance within the intravascular path 14 between the access site and a location proximate to the junction of the aorta and renal arteries.
  • the preferred effective length L1 can be derived from textbooks of human anatomy, augmented by a caregiver's knowledge of the targeted site generally or as derived from prior analysis of the particular morphology of the targeted site.
  • the preferred effective length L1 is also dependent on the length of the guide catheter that is used, if any. In a representative embodiment, for a normal human, the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 30 cm to about 110 cm.
  • the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 30 cm to about 35 cm. If a 55 cm length guide catheter is used, then the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 65 cm to about 70 cm. If a 90 cm length guide catheter is used, then the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 95 cm to about 105 cm.
  • the force transmitting section 30 also includes a preferred axial stiffness and a preferred torsional stiffness.
  • the preferred axial stiffness expresses the capability of the force transmitting section 30 to be advanced or withdrawn along the length of the intravascular path 14 without buckling or substantial deformation. Since some axial deformation is necessary for the force transmitting section 30 to navigate the tortuous intravascular path 14 without providing too much resistance, the preferred axial stiffness of the force transmitting section should also provide this capability.
  • the preferred torsional stiffness expresses the capability of the force transmitting section 30 to rotate the elongated shaft 16 about its longitudinal axis along its length without kinking or permanent deformation. As will be described in greater detail later, the ability to advance and retract, as well as rotate, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 within the respective renal artery is desirable.
  • the desired magnitude of axial stiffness and rotational stiffness for the force transmitting section 30 can be obtained by selection of constituent material or materials to provide a desired elastic modulus (expressed in terms, e.g., of a Young's Modulus (E)) indicative of axial and torsional stiffnesses, as well as selecting the construct and configuration of the force transmitted section in terms of, e.g., its interior diameter, outer diameter, wall thickness, and structural features, including cross-sectional dimensions and geometry. Representative examples are described in greater detail below.
  • a desired elastic modulus expressed in terms, e.g., of a Young's Modulus (E)
  • E Young's Modulus
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 is coupled to the force transmitting section 30.
  • the length L1 of the force transmitting section 30 generally serves to bring the distal end region 20 into the vicinity of the junction of the respective renal artery and aorta (as Fig. 6B shows).
  • the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the force transmitting region transfer axial and rotation forces from the handle assembly 200 to the distal end region 20, as will be described in greater detail later.
  • the distal end region 20 includes a first or proximal flexure zone 32 proximate to the force transmitting section 30.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured to have mechanical properties that accommodate
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 should accommodate flexure sufficient for the distal end region 20 to advance via a guide catheter into the renal artery without substantially straightening out the guide catheter.
  • Angle ⁇ 1 is defined by the angular deviation that the treatment device 12 must navigate to transition from the aorta (along which the force transmitting section 30 is aligned) and the targeted renal artery (along which the distal end region 20 is aligned) (this is also shown in Fig. 6B). This is the angle that the proximal flexure zone 32 must approximate to align the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 with the targeted renal artery, while the force transmitting section 30 of the elongated shaft 16 remains aligned with the native axis of the aorta (as Fig. 6B shows). The more tortuous a vessel, the greater bend the proximal flexure zone 32 will need to make for the distal end region of the treatment device to access the renal artery and the smaller the angle ⁇ 1.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured to possess mechanical properties that accommodate significant, abrupt flexure or bending at the access angle ⁇ 1 near the junction of the aorta and the renal artery. Due to its size, configuration, and mechanical properties, the proximal flexure zone 32 must resolve these flexure or bending forces without fracture, collapse, distortion, or significant twisting. The resolution of these flexure or bending forces by the proximal flexure zone 32 makes it possible for the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 to gain entry along the intravascular path 14 into a targeted left or right renal artery.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured in length L2 to be less than length L1 (see Fig. 7A). That is because the distance between the femoral access site and the junction of the aorta and renal artery (typically approximating about 40 cm to about 55 cm) is generally greater than the length of a renal artery between the aorta and the most distal treatment site along the length of the renal artery, which is typically about 4 cm to about 6 cm.
  • the preferred effective length L2 can be derived from textbooks of human anatomy, augmented with a caregiver's
  • the length L2 is selected to make it possible to rest a portion of the proximal flexure zone 32 partially in the aorta at or near the length L1 , as well as rest the remaining portion of the proximal flexure zone 32 partially within the renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows).
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 defines a transitional bend that is supported and stable within the vasculature.
  • the length L2 of the proximal flexure zone 32 desirably does not extend the full length of the targeted length of the renal artery. That is because the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 desirably includes one or more additional flexure zones, distal to the proximal flexure zone 32 (toward the substance of the kidney), to accommodate other different functions important to the therapeutic objectives of the treatment device 12. As will be described later, the ability to transmit torque through the proximal flexure zone 32 makes it possible to rotate the thermal heating device to properly position the thermal heating element within the renal artery for treatment.
  • proximal flexure zone 32 can and desirably do differ from the mechanical properties of the force transmitting section 30. This is because the proximal flexure zone 32 and the force transmitting region serve different functions while in use. Alternatively, the mechanical properties of proximal flexure zone 32 and force transmitting section 30 can be similar.
  • the force transmitting section 30 serves in use to transmit axial load and torque over a relatively long length (L1 ) within the vascular pathway.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 needs to transmit axial load and torque over a lesser length L2 proximate to or within a respective renal artery.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 must abruptly conform to an access angle ⁇ 1 near the junction of the aorta and the respective renal artery, without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting. This is a function that the force transmitting zone need not perform.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured to be less stiff and to possess greater flexibility than the force transmitting section 30.
  • the desired magnitude of axial stiffness, rotational stiffness, and flexibility for the proximal flexure zone 32 can be obtained by selection of constituent material or materials to provide a desired elastic modulus (expressed, e.g., in terms of a Young's Modulus (E)) indicative of flexibility, as well as selecting the construct and configuration of the force transmitting section, e.g., in terms of its interior diameter, outer diameter, wall thickness, and structural features, including cross- sectional dimensions and geometry. Representative examples will be described in greater detail later.
  • a desired elastic modulus expressed, e.g., in terms of a Young's Modulus (E)
  • E Young's Modulus
  • the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal flexure zone 32 have stiffness and flexibility properties that are unique to their respective functions, it is possible that the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal flexure zone 32 comprise the same materials, size and geometric configuration such that the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal flexure zone 32 constitute the same section.
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 may also include, distal to the proximal flexure zone 32, a second or intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the thermal heating element 24 may be supported by the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 is sized, configured, and has the mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent of the proximal flexure zone 32, at a preferred contact angle ⁇ 2, without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 should also accommodate flexure sufficient for the distal end region 20 to advance via a guide catheter into the renal artery without straightening out the guide catheter.
  • the preferred contact angle ⁇ 2 is defined by the angle through which the thermal heating element 24 can be radially deflected within the renal artery to establish contact between the thermal heating element 24 and an inner wall of the respective renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows).
  • the size of the contact angle ⁇ 2 and the intermediate flexure zone length L3 preferably are based on the native inside
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 extends from the proximal flexure zone 32 for a length L3 into the targeted renal artery (see Fig. 6B).
  • the length L3 is selected, taking into account the length L2 of the proximal flexure zone 32 that extends into the renal artery, as well as the anatomy of the respective renal artery, to actively place the thermal heating element 24 (carried at the end of the distal end region 20) at or near the targeted treatment site (as Fig. 6B shows).
  • the length L3 can be derived, taking the length L2 into account, from textbooks of human anatomy, together with a caregiver's knowledge of the site generally or as derived from prior analysis of the particular morphology of the targeted site.
  • L2 is about 9 cm and L3 is about 5 mm to about 15 mm. In certain embodiments, particularly for treatments in relatively long blood vessels, L3 can be as long as about 20 mm. In another representative embodiment, and as described later in greater detail, L3 is about 12.5 mm.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 is desirably sized and configured in length L3 to be less than length L2. This is because, in terms of length, the distance required for actively deflecting the thermal heating element 24 into contact with a wall of the renal artery is significantly less than the distance required for bending the elongated shaft 16 to gain access from the aorta into the renal artery. Thus, the length of the renal artery is occupied in large part by the intermediate flexure zone 34 and not as much by the proximal flexure zone 32.
  • angle ⁇ 2 (as shown in Fig. 7C) is approximately 180°.
  • the angle ⁇ 2 is reduced to anywhere between about 45° and 180°. In a representative embodiment, upon full deflection angle ⁇ 2 is about 75° to about 135°. In another representative embodiment, upon full deflection angle ⁇ 2 is about 90°.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 comprises a radius of curvature RoC.
  • the length L3 may define a fraction (180° - ⁇ 2)/360° of the circumference C of a circle with an equivalent radius of curvature RoC.
  • the circumference of such an equivalent circle is:
  • the radius of curvature RoC is about 3mm to about 25mm.
  • the radius of curvature RoC is about 7mm to about 16mm.
  • the radius of curvature RoC is about 8mm.
  • Equation (2) may be rearranged such that the length L3 and the radius of curvature RoC define the angle ⁇ 2. Furthermore, Equation (2) may be rearranged such that the radius of curvature RoC and the angle ⁇ 2 define the length L3. Thus, in embodiments where the curvature of intermediate flexure zone 34 does not vary along the length L3, any one of the length L3, angle ⁇ 2 and radius of curvature RoC may be specified by specifying the other two variables.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 locates the thermal heating element 24 at a dimension Y from a longitudinal axis A of the intermediate flexure zone 34 just distal of the proximal flexure zone 32.
  • the dimension Y can vary from about 2mm to about 20mm. In some configurations, the dimension Y can be from about 5mm to about 15mm.
  • the average diameter of a human renal artery is from about 3mm to about 8mm. Accordingly, if the distal end of the proximal flexure zone 32 were positioned adjacent to a wall of an artery having an 8mm diameter, the intermediate flexure zone 34 would be capable of deflection sufficient for the thermal heating element 24 to contact the opposite wall of the artery. In other embodiments, however, the dimension Y may have a different value and may be oversized to facilitate contact in a straight or curved vessel.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 is also configured to locate the thermal heating element 24 at a dimension X from a distal end of the proximal flexure zone 32.
  • the dimension X can vary, e.g., based on the dimension Y and the length L3.
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can, in use, be placed into a complex, multi-bend structure 36.
  • the complex, multi-bend structure 36 comprises one deflection region at the access angle ⁇ 1 over a length L2 (the proximal flexure zone 32) and a second deflection region at the contact angle ⁇ 2 over a length L3 (the intermediate flexure zone 34).
  • L2 and L3 and angle ⁇ 1 and angle ⁇ 2 can differ.
  • angle ⁇ 1 and length L2 are specially sized and configured to gain access from an aorta into a respective renal artery through a femoral artery access point, and the angle ⁇ 2 and length L3 are specially sized and configured to align a thermal heating element 24 with an interior wall inside the renal artery.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 is sized and configured to allow a caregiver to remotely deflect the intermediate flexure zone 34 within the renal artery, to radially position the thermal heating element 24 into contact with an inner wall of the renal artery.
  • a control mechanism is coupled to the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the control mechanism includes a control wire 40
  • the control wire 40 is passed proximally through the elongated shaft 16 and coupled to an actuator 260 on the handle assembly 200. Operation of the actuator 260 (e.g., by the caregiver pulling proximally on or pushing forward the actuator 260) pulls the control wire 40 back to apply a compressive and bending force to the intermediate flexure zone 34 (as Figs. 7C and 12C show) resulting in bending.
  • the compressive force in combination with the optional directionally biased stiffness (described further below) of the intermediate flexure zone 34 deflects the intermediate flexure zone 34 and, thereby, radially moves the thermal heating element 24 toward an interior wall of the renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows).
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can be sized and configured to vary the stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone 34 about its circumference.
  • the variable circumferential stiffness imparts preferential and directional bending to the intermediate flexure zone 34 (i.e., directionally biased stiffness).
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 may be configured to bend in a single preferential direction. Representative embodiments exemplifying this feature will be described in greater detail later.
  • the compressive and bending force and resulting directional bending from the deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 has the consequence of altering the axial stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone.
  • the actuation of the control wire 40 serves to increase the axial stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone.
  • the mechanical properties of intermediate flexure zone 34 can, and desirably do, differ from the mechanical properties of the proximal flexure zone 32. This is because the proximal flexure zone 32 and the intermediate flexure zone 34 serve different functions while in use.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 transmits axial load and torque over a longer length (L2) than the intermediate flexure zone 34 (L3).
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 is also sized and configured to be deflected remotely within the renal artery by the caregiver. In this arrangement, less resistance to deflection is desirable. This is a function that the proximal flexure zone 32 need not
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 is desirably sized and configured to be less stiff (when the control wire 40 is not actuated) and, importantly, to possess greater flexibility than the proximal flexure zone 32 in at least one plane of motion.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 being distal to the proximal flexure zone 32, precedes the proximal flexure zone 32 through the access angle access angle ⁇ 1 , the intermediate flexure zone 34 also includes mechanical properties that accommodate its flexure or bending at the preferred access angle ⁇ 1 , without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting of the elongated shaft 16.
  • the desired magnitude of axial stiffness, rotational stiffness, and flexibility for the intermediate flexure zone 34 can be obtained by selection of constituent material or materials to provide a desired elastic modulus (expressed, e.g., in terms of a Young's Modulus (E)) indicative of flexibility, as well as by selecting the construct and configuration of the intermediate flexure zone 34, e.g., in terms of its interior diameter, outer diameter, wall thickness, and structural features, including cross-sectional dimensions and geometry. Representative examples will be described in greater detail later.
  • Axial stiffness, torsional stiffness, and flexibility are properties that can be measured and characterized in conventional ways.
  • both the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 desirably include the mechanical properties of axial stiffness sufficient to transmit to the thermal heating element 24 an axial locating force.
  • axial forces are transmitted by the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 to retract the thermal heating element 24 in a proximal direction (away from the kidney) within the renal artery.
  • axial forces are transmitted by the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 to advance the thermal heating element 24 in a distal direction (toward the kidney) within the renal artery.
  • proximal retraction of the distal end region 20 and thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery can be accomplished by the caregiver by manipulating the handle assembly 200 or shaft from outside the intravascular path 14.
  • both the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 also desirably include torsional strength properties that will allow the transmission of sufficient rotational torque to rotate the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 such that the thermal heating element 24 is alongside the circumference of the blood vessel wall when the intermediate flexure zone 34 is deflected.
  • the thermal heating element 24 can be rotated in a circumferential path within the renal artery.
  • this rotating feature enables the clinical operator to maintain vessel wall contact as the thermal heating element 24 is being relocated to another treatment site. By maintaining wall contact in between treatments, the clinical operator is able to achieve wall contact in subsequent treatments with higher certainty in orientations with poor visualization.
  • the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can also include, distal to the intermediate flexure zone 34, a third or distal flexure zone 44.
  • the length L3 of the intermediate flexure zone 34 may be shortened by a length L4, which comprises the length of the distal flexure zone 44.
  • the thermal heating element 24 is carried at the end of the distal flexure zone 44. In effect the distal flexure zone 44 buttresses the thermal heating element 24 at the distal end of distal end region 20.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 is sized, configured, and has the mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent of the proximal flexure zone 32 and the intermediate flexure zone 34, at a preferred treatment angle ⁇ 3.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 should also accommodate flexure sufficient for the distal end region 20 to advance via a guide catheter into the renal artery without straightening out the guide catheter or causing injury to the blood vessel.
  • the treatment angle ⁇ 3 provides for significant flexure about the axis of the distal end region 20 (a representative embodiment is shown in Fig. 15C). Not under the direct control of the physician, flexure at the distal flexure zone occurs in response to contact between the thermal heating element 24 and
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -29- wall tissue occasioned by the radial deflection of the thermal heating element 24 at the intermediate flexure zone 34 (see Fig. 6B).
  • Passive deflection of the distal flexure zone provides the clinical operator with visual feedback via fluoroscopy or other angiographic guidance of vessel wall contact.
  • the distal flexure zone desirably orients the region of tissue contact along a side of the thermal heating element 24, thereby increasing the area of contact.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 also biases the thermal heating element 24 against tissue, thereby stabilizing the thermal heating element 24.
  • the function of the distal flexure zone 44 provides additional benefits to the therapy. As actuation of the control wire 40 increases the axial stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone 34, the distal flexure zone effectively reduces the contact force between the thermal heating element 24 and the vessel wall. By relieving or reducing this contact force, the distal flexure zone minimizes the chance of mechanical injury to the vessel wall and avoids excessive contact between the thermal heating element and vessel wall (see discussion of active surface area).
  • the distal flexure zone 44 is desirably sized and configured in length L4 to be less than length L3. This is because, in terms of length, the distance required for orienting and stabilizing the thermal heating element 24 in contact with a wall of the renal artery is significantly less than the distance required for radially deflecting the thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery.
  • length L4 can be as long as about 1 cm. In other embodiments, the length L4 is from about 2 mm to about 5 mm. In one representative embodiment, the length L4 is about 5 mm. In another representative embodiment, the length L4 is about 2 mm.
  • distal flexure zone 44 and the intermediate flexure zone 34 in terms of axial stiffness, torsional stiffness, and flexibility can be comparable.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 can be sized and configured to be less stiff and, importantly, to possess greater flexibility than the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the distal end region 20 may comprise a proximal flexure zone 32, an intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal flexure zone 44.
  • the compound, complex, multi-bend structure 36 comprises a proximal deflection region at the access angle ⁇ 1 over a length L2 (the proximal flexure zone 32); an intermediate deflection region at the contact angle ⁇ 2 over a length L3 (the intermediate flexure zone 34); and a distal deflection region at the treatment angle ⁇ 3 over a length L4 (the distal flexure zone 44).
  • all lengths L2, L3, and L4 and all angles ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2, and ⁇ 3 can differ. This is because the angle ⁇ 1 and length L2 are specially sized and configured to gain access from an aorta into a respective renal artery through a femoral artery access point; the angle ⁇ 2 and length L3 are specially sized and configured to align a thermal heating element 24 element with an interior wall inside the renal artery; and the angle ⁇ 3 and length L4 are specially sized and configured to optimize surface contact between tissue and the thermal heating element/heat transfer element.
  • the composite length of L2, L3 and L4 of the proximal, intermediate and distal flexure zones, respectively, of the distal end region 20, along with the length L1 of the force transmitting section 30 and the length of the thermal heating element 24 (i.e., the composite length equal to L1 +L2+L3+L4 + the length of the thermal heating element), specifies a working length of the elongated shaft 16 of the treatment device 12. In some representative embodiments, this working length is about 40 cm to about 125 cm. In a representative embodiment where no guide catheter is used, then this working length may be about 40 cm to about 50 cm. If, alternatively, a 55 cm length guide catheter is used, then this working length may be about 70 cm to about 80 cm. If a 90 cm length guide catheter is used, then this working length may be about 105 cm to about 115 cm.
  • each lesion 57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -31 - renal plexus, which is distributed about the renal artery. It is desirable for each lesion to cover at least 10% of the vessel circumference to increase the probability of affecting the renal plexus. However, it is important that each lesion not be too large (e.g., > 60% of vessel circumference) lest the risk of a stenotic effect increases (or other undesirable healing responses such as thrombus formation or collateral damage).
  • thermal heating element 24 may be delivered to a first treatment site within the renal artery such that the thermal heating element 24 is positioned in contact with an interior wall of the artery for treating the renal plexus (see Fig. 19C). Once positioned within the artery as desired, energy may be delivered via the thermal heating element to create a first focal lesion at this first treatment site (see Fig. 19D).
  • the first focal lesion creates a first treatment zone that is not continuous completely around the circumference of the renal artery in a radial plane or cross- section normal to the wall or to the longitudinal axis of the artery (i.e., the first focal lesion does not extend all the way around the circumference of the vessel wall).
  • the first focal lesion does not extend all the way around the circumference of the vessel wall.
  • the thermal heating element 24 may be angularly repositioned relative to the renal artery (see Figs. 19E and 19F). This angular repositioning may be achieved, for example, by angularly rotating the elongated shaft 16 of treatment device 12 via handle assembly 200 (see Fig. 16A). In addition to angular repositioning of the thermal heating element 24, the thermal heating element may be repositioned along the lengthwise or longitudinal dimension of the renal artery (see Fig. 19E). This longitudinal repositioning may be achieved, for example, by translating the elongated shaft 16 of treatment device 12 via handle assembly 200, and may occur before, after or concurrent with angular repositioning of the thermal heating element 24.
  • Energy then may be delivered via the thermal heating element to form a second focal lesion at this second treatment site, thereby creating a second treatment zone and a second untreated zone (see Fig. 19F).
  • the second treatment zone is not continuous about the complete circumference of the renal artery.
  • the first and second treatment zones (as well as the first and second untreated zones) are angularly and longitudinally offset from one another about the angular and lengthwise dimensions of the renal artery, respectively (see FIG. 19G).
  • superimposing the first and second treatment zones, which are positioned along different cross-sections or radial planes of the renal artery, about a common cross-section provides a composite treatment zone that covers a greater portion of the circumference of the artery than either treatment zone individually.
  • this composite treatment zone is not continuous (i.e., it is formed from multiple, longitudinally and angularly spaced treatment zones), it is expected that a greater portion of the circumference of the arterial wall may be treated with reduced risk of vessel stenosis, as compared to formation of a single focal lesion covering an equivalent portion of the arterial circumference at a single treatment site (i.e., at a single lengthwise position or about a single cross-section of the renal artery).
  • One or more additional focal lesions may be formed at one or more additional angularly and longitudinally spaced treatment sites to created additional angularly and longitudinally spaced treatment zones (see Figs. 19G-19K).
  • superimposition of all or a portion of the treatment zones provides a composite treatment zone that is non-continuous (i.e., that is broken up along the lengthwise dimension or longitudinal axis of the renal artery), yet that is substantially circumferential (i.e., that substantially extends all the way around the circumference of the renal artery over a lengthwise segment of the artery).
  • This superimposed treatment zone beneficially does not create a continuous circumferential lesion along any individual radial plane or cross-section normal to the artery, which may reduce a risk of acute or late stenosis formation, as compared to circumferential treatments that create a continuous circumferential lesion.
  • Non-continuous circumferential treatment by positioning thermal heating element(s) at different angular orientations along multiple lengthwise locations may
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -33- preferentially affect anatomical structures that substantially propagate along the lengthwise dimension of the artery.
  • Such anatomical structures can be neural fibers and/or structures that support the neural fibers (e.g., the renal plexus).
  • non-continuous circumferential treatment may mitigate or reduce potentially undesirable effects induced in structures that propagate about the angular dimension of the artery, such as smooth muscle cells.
  • the angular or circumferential orientation of the smooth muscle cells relative to the artery may increase a risk of acute or late stenosis.
  • multi-thermal heating element configurations e.g., multi-electrode configurations
  • multiple non-continuous circumferential treatment zones can be created during a single catheter placement within the renal artery.
  • the multiple thermal heating elements can be spaced and located such that they are longitudinally and angularly spaced apart from one another and such that they create longitudinally offset and angularly opposed or offset treatment zones.
  • Retraction and rotation of the treatment device 12 can reposition the thermal heating elements to create additional longitudinally and angularly separated treatment zones, thereby allowing the practitioner the ability to create multiple treatment zones per catheter placement and several treatment zones via only two catheter placements.
  • the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 may comprise a helical deflected configuration with multiple thermal heating elements positioned along its length.
  • the multiple thermal heating elements 24 may be spaced circumferentially along the longitudinal length of the distal end region in contact with the wall of the artery.
  • a non-continuous circumferential treatment may be achieved via a single catheter placement without angular or longitudinal repositioning of the distal end region 20.
  • the thermal heating element 24 is sized and configured, in use, to contact an internal wall of the renal artery.
  • the thermal heating element 24 takes the form of an electrode 46 sized and configured to apply an electrical field comprising
  • RF energy from the generator 26 to a vessel wall.
  • the electrode 46 is operated in a monopolar or unipolar mode.
  • a return path for the applied RF electric field is established, e.g., by an external dispersive electrode (not shown), also called an indifferent electrode or neutral electrode.
  • the monopolar application of RF electric field energy serves to ohmically or resistively heat tissue in the vicinity of the electrode 46.
  • the application of the RF electrical field thermally injures tissue.
  • the treatment objective is to thermally induce neuromodulation (e.g., necrosis, thermal alteration or ablation) in the targeted neural fibers.
  • the thermal injury forms a lesion in the vessel wall, which is shown, e.g., in Fig. 9B.
  • the active surface area of contact (ASA) between the thermal heating element 24 or electrode 46 and the vessel wall has great bearing on the efficiency and control of the transfer of a thermal energy field across the vessel wall to thermally affect targeted neural fibers in the renal plexus (RP).
  • the active surface area of the thermal heating element 24 and electrode 46 is defined as the energy transmitting area of the element 24 or electrode 46 that can be placed in intimate contact against tissue. Too much contact between the thermal heating element and the vessel wall may create unduly high temperatures at or around the interface between the tissue and the thermal heating element, thereby creating excessive heat generation at this interface. This excessive heat can create a lesion that is circumferentially too large. This can also lead to undesirable thermal damage at the vessel wall.
  • this undesirable thermal damage can cause tissue desiccation (i.e., dehydration) which reduces the thermal conductivity of the tissue, thereby potentially creating a lesion that is too shallow to reach the neural fibers. Too little contact between the thermal heating element and the vessel wall may result in superficial heating of the vessel wall, thereby creating a lesion that is too small (e.g., ⁇ 10% of vessel circumference) and/or too shallow.
  • the active surface area (ASA) of the thermal heating element 24 and electrode 46 is important to creating lesions of desirable size and depth, the ratio between the active surface area (ASA) and total surface area (TSA) of the thermal heating element 24 and electrode 46 is also important.
  • the ASA to TSA ratio influences lesion formation in two ways: (1 ) the degree of resistive heating via
  • the ratio of ASA to TSA is too high (e.g., 50%), resistive heating of the tissue can be too aggressive and not enough excess thermal energy is being carried away, resulting in excessive heat generation and increased potential for stenotic injury, thrombus formation and undesirable lesion size. If the ratio of ASA to TSA is too low (e.g., 10%), then there is too little resistive heating of tissue, thereby resulting in superficial heating and smaller and shallower lesions.
  • the thermal heating element 24 may be imposed for clinical reasons by the maximum desired dimensions of the guide catheter, as well as by the size and anatomy of the renal artery itself.
  • the maximum outer diameter (or cross-sectional dimension for non-circular cross- section) of the electrode 46 comprises the largest diameter encountered along the length of the elongated shaft 16 distal to the handle assembly 200.
  • the outer diameters of the force transmitting section 30 and proximal, intermediate and distal flexure zones 32, 34, and 44 are equal to or (desirably) less than the maximum outer diameter of the electrode 46.
  • the electrode 46 takes the form of a right circular cylinder, possessing a length L5 that is greater than its diameter.
  • the electrode 46 further desirably includes a distal region that is rounded to form an atraumatic end surface 48.
  • the electrode 46 is spherical in shape. The spherical shape, too, presents an atraumatic surface to the tissue interface.
  • the angle ⁇ 3 and length L4 of the distal flexure zone 44 are specially sized and configured, given the TSA of the respective electrode, to optimize an active surface area of contact between tissue and the
  • ASA Electrode 46
  • the angle ⁇ 3 and the length L4 of the distal flexure zone 44 make it possible to desirably lay at least a side quadrant 50 of the electrode 46 against tissue (see Fig. 8C), though it should be understood that the electrode 46 does not necessarily need to be positioned with its side quadrant 50 against tissue prior to power delivery.
  • the active surface area of the electrode 46 contacting tissue (ASA) can be expressed as ASA > 0.25 TSA and ASA ⁇ 0.50 TSA.
  • An ASA to TSA ratio of over 50% may be effective with a reduced power delivery profile.
  • a higher ASA to TSA ratio can be compensated for by increasing the convective cooling of the electrode that is exposed to blood flow. As discussed further below, this could be achieved by injecting cooling fluids such as chilled saline over the electrode and into the blood stream.
  • each of the intermediate and distal flexure zones 34 and 44 are also selected to apply via the electrode a stabilizing force that positions the electrode 46 in substantially secure contact with the vessel wall tissue.
  • This stabilizing force also influences the amount of wall contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio). With greater stabilizing force, the thermal heating element has more wall contact and with less stabilizing force, less wall contact is achieved. Additional advantages of the stabilizing force include, (1 ) softening the contact force between the distal end 20 and vessel wall to minimize risk of mechanical injury to vessel wall, (2) consistent positioning of the electrode 46 flat against the vessel wall, and (3) stabilizing the electrode 46 against the vessel wall. The stabilizing force also allows the electrode to return to a neutral position after the electrode is removed from contact with the wall.
  • the maximum outer diameter (or cross-sectional dimension) of the electrode 46 is constrained by the maximum inner diameter of the guide catheter through which the elongated shaft 16 is to be passed through the intravascular path 14. Assuming that an 8 French guide catheter 94 (which has an inner diameter of approximately 0.091 inches) is, from a clinical perspective, the largest desired catheter to be used to access the renal artery, and allowing for a reasonable clearance tolerances between the electrode 46 and the guide catheter, the maximum diameter of the electrode 46 is constrained to
  • the electrode 46 desirably has a maximum outer diameter of from about 0.049 to about 0.051 inches.
  • the electrode 46 also desirably has a minimum outer diameter of about 0.020 inches to provide sufficient cooling and lesion size.
  • the electrode 46 i.e., the thermal heating element 24
  • a catheter apparatus or device having multiple electrodes at or proximate to the distal end of the apparatus
  • a single electrode apparatus may have clinical and/or functional benefits over a multiple electrode apparatus. For example, as indicated below, an electrode with a relatively large surface area may create larger, more effective lesions via increased energy delivery and higher power since blood flow carries away excess heat and effectively cools the electrode. As discussed above, the maximum diameter/crossing profile of the electrode is constrained by the inner diameter of the guide catheter through which the electrode is delivered.
  • a multiple electrode apparatus It would be difficult for a multiple electrode apparatus to have electrodes that are as large as a single electrode at the distal end of the apparatus since the crossing profile of the multiple electrodes would have to take into account the diameter of the apparatus shaft. Attempts to design an apparatus having multiple electrodes that individually approach the surface area of a single electrode at the distal end are expected to increase complexity and cost. Additionally, multiple electrode arrangements can also increase stiffness of the apparatus, which may not only compromise the deliverability of the apparatus, but also increase risk of injury to the blood vessels. For example, a catheter apparatus that is too stiff would not be able to make the significant bend that is necessary to access a renal artery from the abdominal aorta.
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 Not only may delivery to and through a tortuous blood vessel, such as a renal artery, be difficult with a multiple electrode apparatus, but placement and use within a tortuous blood vessel may also be challenging. Since vascular anatomy may vary significantly because of tortuosity and the unpredictable location of vessel branches and vessel disease (e.g., atherosclerosis) successful delivery and placement of an apparatus can be very complicated with multiple electrodes. Additionally, it would be very difficult to ensure proper wall contact for all electrodes due to the variable anatomy of the vessel where treatment is to be administered. Although sensors and software could be developed and implemented to address some of these issues, it would increase the cost of the system and increase complexity for the user. Hence, a single electrode apparatus such as that described herein may be more effective than a multiple electrode apparatus, particularly in tortuous blood vessels where there is a high degree of anatomic variability.
  • the generator 26 may supply to the electrode 46 a pulsed or continuous RF electric field.
  • a continuous delivery of RF energy is desirable, the application of thermal energy in pulses may allow the application of relatively higher energy levels (e.g., higher power), longer or shorter total duration times, and/or better controlled intravascular renal neuromodulation therapy. Pulsed energy may also allow for the use of a smaller electrode.
  • the thermal therapy may be monitored and controlled, for example, via data collected with one or more temperature sensors (e.g., thermocouples, thermistors, etc.), impedance sensors, pressure sensors, optical sensors, flow sensors, chemical sensors or other sensors 52 (see Fig. 9A), which may be incorporated into or on electrode 46 or in/on adjacent areas on the distal end region 20.
  • various microsensors can be used to acquire data corresponding to the thermal heating element, the vessel wall and/or the blood flowing across the thermal heating element.
  • arrays of micro thermocouples and/or impedance sensors can be implemented to acquire data along the thermal heating element or other parts of the treatment device. Sensor data can be acquired or monitored prior to, simultaneous with, or after the delivery of
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -39- energy or in between pulses of energy, when applicable.
  • the monitored data may be used in a feedback loop to better control therapy, e.g., to determine whether to continue or stop treatment, and it may facilitate controlled delivery of an increased or reduced power or a longer or shorter duration therapy.
  • Non-target tissue may be protected by blood flow (F) within the respective renal artery as a conductive and/or convective heat sink that carries away excess thermal energy.
  • blood flow (F) since blood flow (F) is not blocked by the elongated shaft 16 and the electrode 46 it carries, the native circulation of blood in the respective renal artery serves to remove excess thermal energy from the non-target tissue and the thermal heating element.
  • the removal of excess thermal energy by blood flow also allows for treatments of higher power, where more energy can be delivered to the target tissue as thermal energy is carried away from the electrode and non-target tissue.
  • intravascularly- delivered thermal energy heats target neural fibers located proximate to the vessel wall to modulate the target neural fibers, while blood flow (F) within the respective renal artery protects non-target tissue of the vessel wall from excessive or undesirable thermal injury.
  • the time interval between delivery of thermal energy pulses may facilitate additional convective or other cooling of the non-target tissue of the vessel wall compared to applying an equivalent magnitude or duration of continuous thermal energy.
  • a thermal fluid may be injected, infused, or otherwise delivered into the vessel to remove excess thermal energy and protect the non-target tissues.
  • the thermal fluid may, for example, comprise a saline or other biocompatible fluid.
  • the thermal fluid may, for example, be injected through the treatment device 12 via an infusion lumen and/or port (not shown) or through a guide catheter at a location upstream from an energy delivery element, or at other locations relative to the tissue for which protection is sought.
  • the use of a thermal fluid may allow for the delivery of increased/higher power, smaller electrode size and/or reduced treatment time.
  • Figs. 1OA to 15H show a representative embodiment of an elongated shaft 16 that includes a proximal force transmitting section 30, as well as proximal, intermediate and distal flexure zones 32, 34, and 44, having the physical and mechanical features described above.
  • the thermal heating element 24 is carried distally of the distal flexure zone 44 (see, e.g., Fig. 11A).
  • the proximal force transmitting section 30 comprises a first elongated and desirably tubular structure, which can take the form of, e.g., a first tubular structure 54.
  • the first tubular structure 54 is desirably a hypo tube that is made of a metal material, e.g. of stainless steel, or a shape memory alloy, e.g., nickel titanium (a.k.a., nitinol or NiTi), to possess the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness, as already described, for the force transmitting section 30.
  • the force transmitting section 30 comprises the most stiff section along the elongated shaft 16, to facilitate axially movement of the elongated shaft 16, as well as rotational manipulation of the elongated shaft 16 within the intravascular path 14.
  • the first tubular structure 54 may comprise a hollow coil, hollow cable, solid cable (w/ embedded wires), a braided or braid reinforced shaft, a coil reinforced polymer shaft, a metal/polymer composite, etc.
  • the stiffness is a function of material selection as well as structural features such as interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, geometry and other features that are made by micro-engineering, machining, cutting and/or skiving the hypo tube material to provide the desired axial and torsional stiffness characteristics.
  • the elongated shaft can be a hypo tube that is laser cut to various shapes and cross-sectional geometries to achieve the desired functional properties.
  • the first tubular structure 54 When the first tubular structure 54 is made from an electrically conductive metal material, the first tubular structure 54 includes a sheath 56 or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material or materials, which is placed over the outer diameter of the underlying tubular structure.
  • the polymer material can also be selected to possess a desired durometer (expressing a degree of stiffness or lack thereof) to contribute to the desired overall stiffness of the first tubular structure 54.
  • candidate materials for the polymer material include polyethylene terephthalate (PET); Pebax® material; nylon; polyurethane, Grilamid® material or combinations thereof.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • Pebax® material nylon
  • polyurethane, Grilamid® material or combinations thereof.
  • the polymer material can be laminated, dip- coated, spray-coated, or otherwise deposited/attached to the outer diameter of the tube.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 comprises a second elongated and desirably tubular structure, which can take the form of, e.g., a second tubular structure 58.
  • the second tubular structure 58 can be made from the same or different material as the first tubular structure 54.
  • the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the second tubular structure 58 possesses the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness, as already described, for the proximal flexure zone 32.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 may be less stiff and more flexible than the force transmitting section 30, to navigate the severe bend at and prior to the junction of the aorta and respective renal artery.
  • the second tubular structure is desirably a hypo tube, but can alternatively comprise a hollow coil, hollow cable, braided shaft, etc.
  • first and second tubular structures 54 and 58 may share the same material.
  • the form and physical features of the second tubular structure 58 may be altered, compared to the first tubular structure 54, to achieve the desired stiffness and flexibility differences.
  • the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the second tubular structure 58 can be tailored to provide the desired axial and torsional stiffness and flexibility characteristics.
  • the second tubular structure 58 can be laser cut along its length to provide a bendable, spring-like structure.
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -42- structures may be produced from the same piece of material or from two separate pieces.
  • the outside diameter of the second tubular structure 58 can be less than the outer diameter of first tubular structure 54 (or have a smaller wall thickness) to create the desired differentiation in stiffness between the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58.
  • the second tubular structure 58 when the second tubular structure 58 is made from an electrically conductive metal material, the second tubular structure 58, like the first tubular structure 54, includes a sheath 60 (see Figs. 11 B and 11 C) or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material or materials, as already described.
  • the sheath 60 or covering can also be selected to possess a desired durometer to contribute to the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the first and second tubular structures 58.
  • the second tubular structure 58 can comprise a different material than the first tubular structure 54 to impart the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the first and second tubular structures 58.
  • the second tubular structure 58 can comprise a cobalt-chromium-nickel alloy, instead of stainless steel.
  • the second tubular structure 58 can comprise a less rigid polymer, a braided or braid-reinforced shaft, a coil reinforced polymer shaft, a metal/polymer composite, nitinol or hollow cable-like structure.
  • the desired differentiation in stiffness and overall flexibility can be achieved by selection of the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the second tubular structure 58, as already described.
  • a sheath 60 or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material, as above described, can also be placed over the outer diameter of the second tubular structure 58 to impart the desired differentiation between the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 comprises a third elongated and desirably tubular structure, which can take the form of, e.g., a third tubular structure 62.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can be made from
  • the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the third tubular structure 62 possesses the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness, as already described, for the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 may be less stiff and more flexible than the proximal flexure zone 32, to facilitate controlled deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 within the respective renal artery.
  • the form and physical features of the third tubular structure 62 are altered, compared to the second tubular structure 58, to achieve the desired stiffness and flexibility differences.
  • the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the third tubular structure 62 can be tailored to provide the desired axial and torsional stiffness and flexibility characteristics.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can be laser cut along its length to provide a more bendable, more spring-like structure than the second tubular structure 58.
  • the third tubular structure 62 When the third tubular structure 62 is made from an electrically conductive metal material, the third tubular structure 62 also includes a sheath 64 (see Figs. 12B, 12C, and 12D) or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material or materials, as already descried.
  • the sheath 64 or covering can also be selected to possess a desired durometer to contribute to the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the second and third tubular structure 62s.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can comprise a different material than the second tubular structure to impart the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the second and third tubular structures 62.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can include a Nitinol material, to impart the desired differentiation in stiffness between the second and third tubular structures 58 and 62.
  • the desired differentiation in stiffness and overall flexibility can be achieved by selection of the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the third tubular structure 62, as already described.
  • the outside diameter of the third tubular structure 62 is desirably less than the outer diameter of second tubular structure 58. Reduction of outside diameter or wall thickness influences the desired differentiation in stiffness between the second and third tubular structures 58 and 62.
  • preferential deflection of the intermediate flexure zone is desirable. This can be achieved by making the third tubular structure 62 less stiff in the desired direction of deflection and/or more stiff opposite the direction of deflection.
  • the third tubular structure 62 (unlike the second tubular structure 58) can include a laser-cut pattern that includes a spine 66 with connecting ribs 68. The pattern biases the deflection of the third tubular structure 62, in response to pulling on the control wire 40 coupled to the distal end of the third tubular structure 62, toward a desired direction.
  • the control wire 40 is attached to a distal end of the intermediate flexure zone with solder 130.
  • a flat ribbon material 70 e.g., Nitinol, stainless steel, or spring stainless steel
  • the flat ribbon which serves to reinforce the deflectable third tubular structure 62, will straighten out the deflectable third tubular structure 62.
  • a sheath 72 (see Figs. 12B, 12C, and 12D) or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material, as above described, and having a desired durometer can also be placed over the outer diameter of the second tubular structure 58 to impart the desired differentiation between the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58.
  • the width of the spine 66 affects the relative stiffness of the third tubular structure 62. It should be understood that the width of the spine 66 may be specified to provide the third tubular structure 62 with a desired relative stiffness. Furthermore, the width of the spine 66 may vary along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62, thereby providing the third tubular structure with a varying
  • Such variation in the width of the spine 66 may be gradual, continuous, abrupt, discontinuous, or combinations thereof.
  • the width of the ribs 68 i.e., the distance spanned by each rib along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62), as well as the spacing of the ribs 68 (i.e., the distance spanned by the spine 66 along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular member 62 between adjacent ribs 68), optionally may affect a maximal preferential deflection achievable by the intermediate flexure zone 34 before adjacent ribs 68 contact one another.
  • Such contact between adjacent ribs 68 optionally may define the radius of curvature and/or the angle ⁇ 2 (see Figs. 7C and 7D) of the intermediate flexure zone 34 under such maximal preferential deflection.
  • the width and/or the spacing of the ribs 68 may be specified as desired to achieve a desired maximal preferential deflection. Furthermore, the width and/or the spacing of the ribs 68 may vary along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62, thereby providing the intermediate flexure zone 34 with a varying radius of curvature under such maximal preferential deflection. Such variation in the width and/or spacing of the ribs 68 may be gradual, continuous, abrupt, discontinuous, or combinations thereof.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can comprise a tubular polymer or metal/polymer composite having segments with different stiffnesses D1 and D2, in which D1 >D2 (that is, the segment with D1 is mechanically stiffer than the segment with D2.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can also take the form of an oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer having segments with different stiffnesses D1 and D2, in which D1 >D2 (as shown in Fig. 13C). In either arrangement, the segment having the lower stiffness D2 is oriented on the third tubular structure 62 on the same side as the actuator wire is attached.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can comprise an eccentric polymer or metal/polymer composite, which can be braided or coiled.
  • the third tubular structure 62 can also take the form of an eccentric oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer (as Fig. 14C shows).
  • the thinner wall segment 76 (less stiff) is oriented on the third tubular structure 62 on the same side as the actuator wire attached.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 comprises a flexible tubular structure 74.
  • the flexible structure 74 can comprise a metal, a polymer, or a metal/polymer composite.
  • the material and physical features of the flexible structure 74 are selected so that the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the flexible structure 74 is not greater than the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the third tubular structure 62.
  • the overall flexibility of the flexible structure 74 is at least equal to and desirably greater than the flexibility of third tubular structure 62 when the third tubular structure has not been deflected by the control wire 40.
  • the thermal heating element 24 is carried at the distal end of the flexible structure 74 for placement in contact with tissue along a vessel wall of a respective renal artery.
  • the material selected for the flexible structure 74 can be radiopaque or non-radiopaque.
  • a radiopaque material e.g., stainless steel, platinum, platinum iridium, or gold
  • the material optionally may be doped with a radiopaque substance, such as barium sulfate, to facilitate visualization and image guidance.
  • the flexible structure 74 can vary.
  • the flexible structure 74 comprises a thread 104 encased in, or covered with, a polymer coating or wrapping 110.
  • the thread 104 is routed through a proximal anchor 108, which is attached to the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal anchor 106, which is fixed within or integrated into the heating element 24/electrode 46.
  • the distal anchor 106 may be fixed within the heating element 24/electrode 46 using, e.g., solder.
  • the distal anchor 106 and heating element 24/electrode 46 may fabricated as a single piece or unitary structure.
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -47- connects to the intermediate flexure zone 34 and the thermal heating element 24, it is desirable for thread 104 to be comprised of Kevlar or similar polymer thread and for the proximal anchor 108 and distal anchor 106 to be comprised of stainless steel. While the coating 110 can be comprised of any electrically insulative material, and particularly those listed later with respect to sheath 80, it is desirable for the structures of the flexible structure 74 to be encased/coated/covered by a low- durometer polymer such as carbothane laminate 110. As shown in Fig. 15C, one or more supply wires 29 may run alongside or within the flexible structure 74.
  • these wires may provide the thermal heating element 24 with electrical current/energy from the generator 26 and also convey data signals acquired by sensor 52.
  • the control wire 40 from the handle actuator 260 can be formed into the proximal anchor 108 and attached to the elongated shaft using solder 130.
  • One advantage of the above-described configuration of the flexible structure 74 is that the flexible structure 74 creates a region of electrical isolation between the thermal heating element and the rest of the elongated shaft. Both the Kevlar thread 104 and laminate 110 are electrically insulative, thereby providing the supply wire(s) 29 as the sole means for electrical connectivity. Accordingly, the external surface of the flexible structure 74 and distal flexure zone 44 is electrically inactive.
  • the flexible structure 74 allows considerable passive deflection of the distal flexure zone 44 when the thermal heating element 24 is put into contact with the vessel wall. As already described, this flexibility has several potential benefits.
  • the flexible structure 74 is not very resilient, i.e., does not provide a significant restoring or straightening moment when deflected.
  • the size and configuration of the flexible structure 74 enables the thermal heating element to deflect in many directions because the distal flexure zone may bend by angle O in any plane through the axis of the distal end region. For treatments within a peripheral blood vessel such as the renal artery, it is desirable that angle O ⁇ 90 degrees.
  • the thermal heating element 24 desirably may provide omni-directional delivery of power in substantially any or all directions.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 As the distal flexure zone 44
  • any portion of the thermal heating element 24 may be aligned with an interior wall of the renal artery for power delivery to target renal nerves. Blood flow may remove heat during such power delivery, thereby reducing or mitigating a need for shielding or other preferential directing of the delivered power to the target renal nerves that could make the distal flexure zone 44 undesirably stiffer or bulkier.
  • Such omni-directional power delivery without shielding/power directing may facilitate simpler or safer positioning of the thermal heating element 24 at a treatment site, as compared to shielded or directed thermal heating elements, e. g. thermal heating elements comprising a microwave or radioactive power source.
  • the flexible structure 74 can take the form of a tubular metal coil, cable, braid, polymer or metal/polymer composite, as Fig. 15H shows.
  • the flexible structure 74 can take the form of an oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer, as Fig. 15G shows.
  • the flexible structure 74 may comprise other mechanical structures or systems that allow the thermal heating element 24 to pivot in at least one plane of movement.
  • the flexible structure 74 may comprise a hinge or ball/socket combination.
  • the flexible structure 74 as a part of the distal flexure zone can be coupled to the intermediate flexure zone as describe above.
  • the distal flexure zone can be coupled to the proximal flexure zone.
  • the distal flexure zone can be coupled to an intermediate section comprising an arch wire.
  • Figs. 151 and 15J provide a catheter comprising a shaft 16 and a distal end region 20, wherein the distal end region 20 comprises an intermediate section 34, a distal flexure zone 44 and a thermal heating element 24.
  • the catheter may comprise an intermediate section comprising an arch wire 114, a distal flexure zone comprising a flexible structure, and a thermal heating element comprising an electrode 46, wherein the flexible structure is coupled to the arch wire and electrode.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 desirably includes an outer sheath 80 (see Figs. 15G and 15H) or covering over the flexible structure 74 made from an electrically insulating polymer material.
  • the polymer material also possesses a desired durometer for flexibility of the flexible member (e.g., 25D to 55D).
  • polystyrene resin examples include polyethylene terephthalate (PET); Pebax; polyurethane; urethane, carbothane, tecothane, low density polyethylene (LDPE); silicone; or combinations thereof.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • Pebax polyurethane
  • urethane carbothane, tecothane
  • LDPE low density polyethylene
  • silicone silicone
  • the polymer material can be laminated, dip-coated, spray-coated, or otherwise deposited/applied over the flexible structure 74.
  • a thin film of the polymer material e.g., PTFE
  • the flexible structure 74 can be inherently insulated, and not require a separate sheath 56 or covering.
  • the flexible member can comprise a polymer-coated coiled wire.
  • the proximal end of the shaft 16 is coupled to the handle assembly 200 by a rotator 230.
  • the rotator 230 is mounted by a tab 84 (see Fig. 16B) carried in a circumferential channel 86 formed on the distal end of the handle assembly 200.
  • the rotator 230 can thus be rotated at the distal end of the handle assembly 200 independent of rotation of the handle assembly 200.
  • the proximal end of the force transmitting section 30 is attached to a stationary coupling 88 on the rotator 230.
  • Rotation of the rotator 230 (as Fig. 16A shows) thereby rotates the force transmitting section 30, and, with it, the entire elongated shaft 16, without rotation of the handle assembly 200.
  • a caregiver is thereby able to hold the proximal portion of the handle
  • the handle assembly embodiment depicted in Fig. 16C provides a rotational limiting element to address this need.
  • the rotator 230 includes an axial groove 116, and the distal portion of the handle assembly 200 comprises a fitting interface 118 having a helical channel 120.
  • a ball 122 comprising stainless steel or another metal or a polymer is placed within the fitting interface 118 so that it, upon rotation of the rotator, may simultaneously travel within the helical channel 120 of the fitting interface 118 and along the axial groove 116 of the rotator.
  • the ball 122 When the ball 122 reaches the end of the channel and/or groove, the ball will no longer move and, consequently, the rotator will not be able to rotate any further in that direction.
  • the rotator 230 and handle fitting interface 118 can be configured to allow for the optimal number of revolutions for the shaft, given structural or dimensional constraints (e.g., wires).
  • the components of the handle assembly may be configured, for example to allow for two revolutions of the shaft independent of the handle assembly. Limiting rotation of the shaft to the optimal number of revolutions may be achieved, for example, by specifying the linear length of the helical channel 120 as a desired fraction or multiple of the inner circumference of the rotator 230 in the vicinity of the axial groove 116 (e.g., the linear length of helical channel 120 may be about twice the inner circumference of rotator 230 in the vicinity of axial groove 116).
  • an additional ball 122 may be positioned within the axial groove 116 spaced apart from the first ball 122, such that the additional ball travels within the helical channel 120 spaced apart from the first ball.
  • the additional ball would limit rotation in one direction when that ball reaches one end of the channel, while the first ball would limit rotation in the other direction when that ball reaches the other end of the channel. In this manner, the two balls would limit rotation of the rotator to an arc
  • the caregiver can manipulate the handle assembly 200 to locate the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 within the respective renal artery.
  • the caregiver can then operate the actuator 260 on the handle assembly 200 (see Fig. 16A) to deflect the thermal heating element 24 about the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the caregiver can then operate the rotator 230 on the handle assembly 200 (see Figs. 16A and 16D) to apply a rotational force along the elongated shaft 16.
  • the rotation of the elongated shaft 16 when the intermediate flexure zone 34 is deflected within the respective renal artery rotates the thermal heating element 24 within the respective renal artery, making it easier to achieve contact with the vessel wall and determine whether there is wall contact, particularly in planes where there is poor angiographic visualization.
  • the handle assembly 200 may be configured to minimize operator/caregiver handling of the device while it is within the patient.
  • the handle assembly also comprises one or more surfaces 243 that substantially conform to the surface beneath (e.g., operating table).
  • This surface 243 which is shown to be substantially flat in Fig. 16D, can alternatively be curved, shaped or angled depending on the configuration and/or geometry of the beneath surface.
  • the conforming surface 243 enables the clinical operator to keep the handle assembly 200 stable when the treatment device 12 is within the patient.
  • the operator can simply dial the rotator 230 without any need to lift the handle assembly.
  • the operator can simply slide the handle assembly along the beneath surface to the next position. Again, this mitigates the risk of injury due to operator error or over handling of the treatment device.
  • the lower surface can engage the surface underneath using clips, texture, adhesive, etc.
  • Additional enhancements to the rotation mechanism disclosed herein include providing tactile and/or visual feedback on the rotational fitting so that the
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -52- operator can exercise greater control and care in rotating the device.
  • the rotator 230 can also be selectively locked to the interface, thereby preventing further rotation, if the operator wishes to hold the treatment device in a particular angular position.
  • Another potential enhancement includes providing distance markers along the shaft/handle assembly to enable the operator to gage distance when retracting the treatment device.
  • FIGs. 17A and 17B show a representative embodiment of an elongated shaft 16 that includes a proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal flexure zone 44.
  • the materials, size, and configuration of the proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, and intermediate flexure zone 34 are comparable to the respective counterparts described in the first representative embodiment.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 is sized and configured to itself serve as an active, flexible electrode 90.
  • the active, flexible electrode 90 is sized and configured to be equal to or greater than the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the total surface area TSA of the active, flexible electrode 90 is thereby increased, so that the possible active surface area of the electrode 46 is increased as well.
  • the entire length of the active flexible electrode 90 shares the flexibility properties of the distal flexure zone 44, as previously described. Materials are selected that, in addition to imparting the desired flexibility, are electrically conductive as well.
  • the active electrode 90 is thereby flexible enough along its entire length to conform closely against the vessel wall, thereby further increasing the possible active surface area of the electrode.
  • the active flexible electrode 90 may also more readily deflect away from the vessel wall when engaging the vessel wall head-on, to thereby minimize the forces exerted against the vessel wall as the electrode 90 is placed into side-on relationship with the vessel wall.
  • the active, flexible electrode 90 can thereby be considered more atraumatic.
  • the active, flexible electrode 90 further desirably includes a distal region that is tapered to form a blunt, atraumatic end surface 48.
  • the end surface 48 can be formed from metal materials by laser, resistive welding, or machining techniques.
  • the end surface 48 can also be formed from polymer materials by bonding, lamination, or insert molding techniques.
  • FIGs. 18A and 18B show a representative embodiment of an elongated shaft 16 that includes a proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, and a intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal flexure zone 44.
  • the materials, size, and configuration of the proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, and intermediate flexure zone 34 are comparable to the respective counterparts in the first and second embodiments.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 is sized and configured to carry a substantially spherical or cylindrical active electrode 92 at a location more proximally spaced from its distal end.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 shares the flexibility characteristics of the distal flexure zone 44, as previously described. In diameter, however, the distal flexure zone 44 is sized and configured to be approximately equal to the intermediate flexure zone 34. In diameter, the spherical active electrode 92 is sized to be larger than the diameter of the distal flexure zone 44. Therefore, flexure of the distal flexure zone 44 can place the spherical electrode 92 into contact with a greater tissue area, thereby increasing the active surface area (ASA) of the electrode.
  • ASA active surface area
  • the distal flexure zone 44 desirably includes a distal region that is tapered to form a blunt, atraumatic end surface 48.
  • the end surface 48 can be formed from metal materials by laser, resistive welding, or machining techniques.
  • the end surface 48 can also be formed from polymer materials by bonding, lamination, or insert molding techniques.
  • the spherical electrode 92 can be attached to the distal flexure zone 44 e.g., by spot welding, laser welding, or soldering techniques. The placement of the spherical electrode 92 along the length of the distal flexure zone 44 can vary. It can
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -54- be placed, e.g., in the approximate mid-region of the distal flexure zone 44, or closer to the distal end than the proximal end, or vice versa.
  • any one of the embodiments of the treatment devices 12 described herein can be delivered over a guide wire using conventional over-the-wire techniques.
  • the elongated shaft 16 When delivered in this manner (not shown), the elongated shaft 16 includes a passage or lumen accommodating passage of a guide wire.
  • any one of the treatment devices 12 described herein can be deployed using a conventional guide catheter or pre-curved renal guide catheter 94.
  • the femoral artery is exposed and cannulated at the base of the femoral triangle, using conventional techniques.
  • a guide wire (not shown) is inserted through the access site and passed using image guidance through the femoral artery, into the iliac artery and aorta, and into either the left or right renal artery.
  • a guide catheter can be passed over the guide wire into the accessed renal artery.
  • the guide wire is then removed.
  • a renal guide catheter shown in Fig. 19A
  • the treatment device can be routed from the femoral artery to the renal artery using angiographic guidance and without the need of a guide catheter.
  • a guide catheter When a guide catheter is used, at least three delivery approaches can be implemented.
  • one or more of the aforementioned delivery techniques can be used to position a guide catheter within the renal artery just distal to the entrance of the renal artery.
  • the treatment device is then routed via the guide catheter into the renal artery.
  • the guide catheter is retracted from the renal artery into the abdominal aorta.
  • the guide catheter should be sized and
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -55- configured to accommodate passage of the treatment device.
  • a 6 French guide catheter can be used.
  • a first guide catheter is placed at the entrance of the renal artery (with or without a guide wire).
  • a second guide catheter is passed via the first guide catheter (with or without the assistance of a guide wire) into the renal artery.
  • the treatment device is then routed via the second guide catheter into the renal artery.
  • the second guide catheter is retracted, leaving the first guide catheter at the entrance to the renal artery.
  • the first and second guide catheters should be sized and configured to accommodate passage of the second guide catheter within the first guide catheter (i.e., the inner diameter of the first guide catheter should be greater than the outer diameter of the second guide catheter).
  • the first guide catheter could be 8 French in size and the second guide catheter could be 5 French in size.
  • a renal guide catheter 94 is positioned within the abdominal aorta, just proximal to the entrance of the renal artery.
  • the treatment device 12 as described herein is passed through the guide catheter 94 and into the accessed renal artery.
  • the elongated shaft makes atraumatic passage through the guide catheter 94, in response to forces applied to the force transmitting section 30 through the handle assembly 200.
  • the proximal flexure zone 32 accommodates significant flexure at the junction of the left/right renal arteries and aorta to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery through the guide catheter 94 (as Fig. 19B shows).
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 on the distal end portion of the elongated shaft 16 can now be axially translated into the respective renal artery, remotely deflected and/or rotated in a controlled fashion within the respective renal artery to attain proximity to and a desired alignment with an interior wall of the respective renal artery.
  • the distal flexure zone 44 bends to place the thermal energy heating element into contact with tissue on the interior wall.
  • Fig. 19D shows, the complex, multi-bend structure formed by the proximal, intermediate and distal zones 32, 24, and 44 of the distal end region 20 of
  • the elongated shaft 16 creates a consistent and reliable active surface area of contact between the thermal heating element 24 and tissue within the respective renal artery (refer back to Fig. 8C). Thermal energy can now be applied through the thermal heating element 24 to induce one or more thermal heating effects on localized regions of tissue along the respective renal artery.
  • the actuation of the control wire 40 to deflect the intermediate flexure zone 32 helps position the thermal heating element 24 in contact with the vessel wall. This is particularly useful when the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 is delivered into the renal artery, as shown in Fig. 19B. Due to the curve and placement of the renal guide catheter 94 and orientation of the treatment device 12, the distal end region 20 of the treatment device is oriented up against the superior region of the vessel wall when first delivered into the renal artery, as shown in Fig. 19B.
  • the operator may deflect the intermediate flexure zone 34 via the actuator 260 to position the thermal heating element 24 into contact with the vessel wall at a more inferior location, as shown in Fig. 19C.
  • This deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 establishes wall contact and provides, via the distal flexure zone 44, a stabilizing force between the thermal heating element 24 and vessel wall to position the thermal heating element in contact with the vessel wall.
  • the operator can then initiate treatment at this generally inferior (bottom) location or rotate the treatment device as shown in Fig. 19E for an alternate treatment location.
  • intermediate flexure zone 34 The active deflection of intermediate flexure zone 34 is facilitated by not only operation of actuator 260, but also contact between a proximal region of the intermediate flexure zone 34 and a superior region of the renal artery. As shown in Fig. 19C, this contact region 124 generally occurs at the apex of the bend of the intermediate flexure zone 34. This contact region 124 is in radial or angular opposition (e.g., about 180° offset about the vessel wall) to the contact between the thermal heating element 24 and vessel wall following deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34. The stabilizing force provided by the intermediate flexure zone 34 to the thermal heating element 24 is also facilitated by the opposing force at contact
  • Fig. 19E shows the circumferential rotation of the thermal heating element 24 from a first treatment location corresponding to lesion 98(a) to a second treatment location corresponding to lesion 98(b) and the circumferential translation of the intermediate flexure zone 32 to a new contact region 124. It should be noted, however, that while having such opposition contact at contact region 124 facilitates wall contact and the stabilizing force, it is not generally required to achieve contact between the thermal heating element 24 and the vessel wall.
  • a second thermal heating element at or in the vicinity of the intermediate flexure zone.
  • Placement of the second thermal heating element on or proximate to the intermediate flexure zone may enable the creation of a thermally affected tissue region at or around contact region 124 (i.e., the portion of the vessel wall that is in contact with the intermediate flexure zone).
  • Activation of the first thermal element and the second thermal element would allow the operator to create two treatment zones that are circumferentially and longitudinally offset during a single placement of the catheter apparatus.
  • the size and configuration of the intermediate flexure zone 34 play a valuable role in the positioning of the device for treatment and in facilitating contact between the thermal heating element and the vessel wall.
  • the dimensioning of the intermediate flexure zone also plays a valuable role in this regard, particularly with respect to the constraints imposed by the renal anatomy.
  • the length of the main branch of a renal artery (i.e., from the junction of the aorta and renal artery to just before the artery branches into multiple blood vessels going to the kidney) is RA L and the diameter of the main branch of a renal artery is RA DIA - It is desirable for the length L3 of the intermediate flexure zone 34 to be long enough for the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 to reach a distal treatment location within the renal artery and, to be able to, upon deflection, translate the thermal heating element 24 to the radially opposite wall of the renal artery. However, if L3 were too long, then too much of the
  • L3 is limited by the most distal treatment location (i.e., length of the renal artery) on one end and the location within the aorta of the renal guide catheter 94 on the other end. It would be undesirable for L3 to be so long that a portion of the intermediate flexure zone resides within the renal guide catheter during distal treatments since the deflection of the intermediate flexure zone within the guide could impair the ability of the operator to rotate and torque the catheter without whipping.
  • RA L is about 20 mm to about 30 mm from the junction of the aorta and renal artery and the diameter of the main branch of a renal artery RA DIA is typically about 3 mm to about 7 mm or 8 mm.
  • L3 ranges from about 5 mm to about 15 mm.
  • L3 can be as long as about 20 mm.
  • L3 can be about 12.5 mm.
  • the thermal heating element 24 can be positioned by bending along the proximal flexure zone 32 at a first desired axial location within the respective renal artery. As Fig. 19C shows, the thermal heating element 24 can be radially positioned by deflection of intermediate flexure zone 34 toward the vessel wall. As Fig. 19C also shows, the thermal heating element 24 can be placed into a condition of optimal surface area contact with the vessel wall by further deflection of the distal flexure zone 44.
  • the thermal heating element 24 is positioned in the desired location by a combination of deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34, deflection of the distal flexure zone 44 and rotation of the catheter, the first focal treatment can be administered.
  • a first thermally affected tissue region 98(a) can be formed, as Fig. 19D shows.
  • the thermally affected region 98(a) takes the form of a lesion on the vessel wall of the respective renal artery.
  • the catheter After forming the first thermally affected tissue region 98(a), the catheter needs to be repositioned for another thermal treatment. As described above in greater detail, it is desirable to create multiple focal lesions that are circumferentially spaced along the longitudinal axis of the renal artery. To achieve this result, the catheter is retracted and, optionally, rotated to position the thermal heating element proximally along the longitudinal axis of the blood vessel. Rotation of the elongated shaft 16 from outside the access site (see Fig. 19E) serves to circumferentially reposition the thermal heating element 24 about the renal artery.
  • the thermal heating element 24 is positioned at a second axial and circumferential location within the renal artery spaced from the first-described axial position, as shown in Fig. 19E (e.g., 98(b)), another focal treatment can be administered.
  • the caregiver can create several thermally affected tissue regions 98(a), 98(b), 98(c) and 98(d) on the vessel wall that are axially and circumferentially spaced apart, with the first thermally affected tissue region 98(a) being the most distal and the subsequent thermally affected tissue regions being more proximal.
  • each lesion 191 provides a cross- sectional view of the lesions formed in several layers of the treated renal artery.
  • This figure shows that several circumferentially and axially spaced-apart treatments (e.g., 98(a)-98(d)) can provide substantial circumferential coverage and, accordingly, cause a neuromodulatory affect to the renal plexus.
  • Clinical investigation indicates that each lesion will cover approximately 20 - 30 percent of the circumferential area surrounding the renal artery. In other embodiments, the circumferential coverage of each lesion can be as much as 50 percent.
  • the treatment device can be administered to create a complex pattern/array of thermally affected tissue regions along the vessel wall of the renal artery.
  • this alternative treatment approach provides for multiple circumferential treatments at each axial site (e.g., 98, 99 and 101 ) along the renal artery. Increasing the density of thermally affected tissue regions along the vessel wall of the renal artery using this approach
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -60- might increase the probability of thermally-blocking the neural fibers within the renal plexus.
  • the rotation of the thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery as shown in Fig. 19G helps improve the reliability and consistency of the treatment. Since angiographic guidance such as fluoroscopy only provides visualization in two dimensions, it is generally only possible in the anterior/posterior view to obtain visual confirmation of wall contact at the superior (vertex) and inferior (bottom) of the renal artery. For anterior and posterior treatments, it is desirable to first obtain confirmation of contact at a superior or inferior location and then rotate the catheter such that the thermal heating element travels circumferentially along the vessel wall until the desired treatment location is reached. Physiologic data such as impedance can be concurrently monitored to ensure that wall contact is maintained or optimized during catheter rotation. Alternatively, the C-arm of the fluoroscope can be rotated to achieve a better angle for determining wall contact.
  • Figs. 22A to 22C provide fluoroscopic images of the treatment device within a renal artery during an animal study.
  • Fig. 22A shows positioning of the treatment device and thermal heating element 24 at a distal treatment location.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 has been deflected to position the thermal heating element 24 in contact with the vessel wall and to cause flexure in the distal flexure zone 44.
  • Fig. 22A also shows contact region 124 where the apex of the bend of the intermediate flexure zone 34 is in contact with the vessel wall in radial or angular opposition to contact between the thermal heating element and vessel wall.
  • Fig. 22B shows the placement of the treatment device at a more proximal treatment location following circumferential rotation and axial retraction.
  • Fig. 22A shows positioning of the treatment device and thermal heating element 24 at a distal treatment location.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 has been deflected to position the thermal heating element 24 in contact with the vessel wall and to cause flexure in the
  • FIG. 22C shows the placement of the treatment device at a proximal treatment location just distal to the junction of the aorta and renal artery.
  • Figs. 22D and 22E provide analogous fluoroscopic images depicting the treatment device positioned for treatment within a human renal artery.
  • Fig. 22D shows the treatment device advanced to a distal treatment location similar to that described above with respect to Fig. 22A.
  • Fig. 22E shows the treatment device in a proximal treatment position similar to that described above with respect to Fig. 22C.
  • both the thermal heating element 24 and solder 130 at the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone 34 can be radiopaque, as shown in Figs. 22A to 22C, the operator using angiographic visualization can use the image corresponding to the first treatment location to relatively position the treatment device for the second treatment.
  • the operator can simply retract the device such that the current position of the thermal heating element 24 is longitudinally aligned with the position of the solder 130 in the previous treatment.
  • solder 130 can be replaced by a different type of radiopaque marker.
  • a band of platinum can be attached to the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone to serve as a radiopaque marker.
  • contrast agent since angiographic visualization of the vasculature generally requires contrast agent to be infused into the renal artery, it may be desirable to incorporate within or alongside the treatment device a lumen and/or port for infusing contrast agent into the blood stream.
  • the contrast agent can be delivered into the blood alongside the treatment device within the annular space between the treatment device and the guide catheter through which the device is delivered.
  • Exposure to thermal energy (heat) in excess of a body temperature of about 37°C, but below a temperature of about 45°C, may induce thermal alteration via moderate heating of the target neural fibers or of vascular structures that perfuse the target fibers. In cases where vascular structures are affected, the target neural fibers are denied perfusion resulting in necrosis of the neural tissue. For example, this may induce non-ablative thermal alteration in the fibers or structures. Exposure to heat above a temperature of about 45°C, or above about 60 0 C, may induce thermal alteration via substantial heating of the fibers or structures. For example, such higher temperatures may thermally ablate the target neural fibers or the vascular structures.
  • temperatures that thermally ablate the target neural fibers or the vascular structures but that are less than about 90 0 C, or less than about 85°C, or less than about 80 0 C, and/or less than about 75°C. Regardless of the type of heat exposure utilized to induce the
  • RSNA renal sympathetic nerve activity
  • the generator 26 desirably includes programmed instructions comprising an algorithm 102 (see Fig. 5) for controlling the delivery of power and energy to the thermal heating device.
  • the algorithm 102 a representative embodiment of which is shown in Fig. 20, can be implemented as a conventional computer program for execution by a processor coupled to the generator 26.
  • the algorithm 102 can also be implemented manually by a caregiver using step-by-step instructions.
  • the operating parameters monitored in accordance with the algorithm may include temperature, time, impedance and power.
  • Discrete values in temperature may be used to trigger changes in energy delivery.
  • high values in temperature e.g. 85 degrees C.
  • Time may also be used to prevent undesirable thermal alteration to non-target tissue.
  • a set time e.g., 2 minutes
  • Impedance may be used to measure tissue changes. Impedance indicates the electrical property of the treatment site. If a thermal inductive, electric field is applied to the treatment site the impedance will decrease as the tissue cells become less resistive to current flow.
  • tissue desiccation or coagulation may occur near the electrode, which would increase the impedance as the cells lose water retention and/or the electrode surface area decreases (e.g., via the accumulation of coagulum).
  • an increase in tissue impedance may be indicative or predictive of undesirable thermal alteration to target or non-target tissue.
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -63- an effective parameter to monitor in controlling the delivery of therapy.
  • Power is a function of voltage and current.
  • the algorithm may tailor the voltage and/or current to achieve a desired power.
  • Derivatives of the aforementioned parameters e.g., rates of change
  • the algorithm 102 commands the generator 26 to gradually adjust its power output to a first power level Pi (e.g., 5 watts) over a first time period t-, (e.g., 15 seconds).
  • a first power level Pi e.g., 5 watts
  • t- e.g. 15 seconds
  • the power increase during the first time period is generally linear.
  • the generator 26 increases its power output at a generally constant rate of P-i/t-i.
  • the power increase can be non-linear (e.g., exponential or parabolic) with a variable rate of increase.
  • the algorithm can hold at Pi until a new time t 2 for a predetermined period of time t 2 - ti (e.g., 3 seconds).
  • t 2 power is increased by a predetermined increment (e.g., 1 watt) to P 2 over a predetermined period of time, t 3 - t 2 (e.g., 1 second).
  • This power ramp in predetermined increments of about 1 watt can continue until a maximum power P MAX is achieved or some other condition is satisfied.
  • P MAX is 8 watts. In another embodiment P MAX is 10 watts.
  • the algorithm 102 includes monitoring certain operating parameters (e.g., temperature, time, impedance, power, etc.).
  • the operating parameters can be monitored continuously or periodically.
  • the algorithm 102 checks the monitored parameters against predetermined parameter profiles to determine whether the parameters individually or in combination fall within the ranges set by the predetermined parameter profiles. If the monitored parameters fall within the ranges set by the predetermined parameter profiles, then treatment can continue at the commanded power output. If monitored parameters fall outside the ranges set by the predetermined parameter profiles, the algorithm 102 adjusts the commanded power output accordingly. For example, if a target temperature (e.g., 65 degrees C) is achieved, then power delivery is kept constant until the total treatment time (e.g., 120 seconds) has expired. If a first power threshold (e.g., 70 degrees C) is achieved or exceeded, then power is reduced in predetermined
  • a target temperature e.g., 65 degrees C
  • the total treatment time e.g. 120 seconds
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -64- increments (e.g., 0.5 watts, 1.0 watts, etc.) until a target temperature is achieved. If a second power threshold (e.g., 85 degrees C) is achieved or exceeded, thereby indicating an undesirable condition, then power delivery can be terminated.
  • the system can be equipped with various audible and visual alarms to alert the operator of certain conditions.
  • the measured temperature exceeds a maximum temperature threshold (e.g., about 70 degrees to about 85 degrees C).
  • a maximum temperature threshold e.g., about 70 degrees to about 85 degrees C.
  • the average temperature derived from the measured temperature exceeds an average temperature threshold (e.g., about 65 degrees C).
  • a measured impedance exceeds an impedance threshold (e.g., ⁇ 20 Ohms, or >500 Ohms).
  • an impedance threshold e.g., ⁇ 20 Ohms, or >500 Ohms.
  • a measured impedance exceeds a relative threshold e.g., impedance decreases from a starting or baseline value and then rises above this baseline value.
  • one or more components of the system 10 shown in Fig. 5 can be packaged together for convenient delivery to and use by the customer/clinical operator.
  • Components suitable for packaging include, the treatment device 12, the cable 28 for connecting the treatment device 12 to the generator 26, the neutral or dispersive electrode 38, and one or more guide
  • Cable 28 can also be integrated into the treatment device 12 such that both components are packaged together.
  • Each component may have its own sterile packaging (for components requiring sterilization) or the components may have dedicated sterilized compartments within the kit packaging.
  • This kit may also include step-by-step instructions for use 126 that provides the operator technical product features and operating instructions for using the system 10 and treatment device 12, including all methods of insertion, delivery, placement and use of the treatment device disclosed herein.
  • FIG. 23 Another illustrative embodiment of the handle assembly 200 of system 10 is described.
  • the caregiver can translate the handle assembly to translate the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 within the respective renal artery.
  • the caregiver can then operate actuator 260 of the handle assembly 200 to deflect the thermal heating element 24 about the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • the caregiver also can operate rotator 230 on the handle assembly 200 to apply a rotational force along the elongated shaft 16.
  • Rotation of the elongated shaft 16 when the intermediate flexure zone 34 is deflected within the respective renal artery rotates the thermal heating element 24 within the respective renal artery, making it easier to achieve contact with the vessel wall and determine whether there is wall contact, particularly in planes where there is poor angiographic visualization.
  • Rotation may be combined with translation of the thermal heating element 24 for repositioning of the thermal heating element at a different radial and longitudinal position within the respective renal artery for delivery of energy at multiple locations within the renal artery.
  • handle assembly 200 may comprise proximal strain relief 202, distal strain relief 204, inner limiter ring 210, outer limiter ring 220, rotator 230, housing assembly 240 having upper housing 242 and lower housing 244, actuator 260 and carrier 280, as well as optional O-ring 275.
  • the upper and lower housing comprise one or more mating features 246 that join together (e.g., via friction locked male and female mating features and/or via
  • the actuator 260 and carrier 280 are constrained within the housing assembly 240 in a manner that facilitates coordinated angular rotation of the actuator and linear translation of the carrier.
  • proximal linear translation of carrier 280 via caregiver proximal rotation of actuator 260, causes deflection of thermal heating element 24 about intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20 of the elongate shaft 16.
  • Optional O-ring 275 positioned between the actuator 260 and the lower housing 244, may provide tactile feedback or resistance to the caregiver during such caregiver rotation of the actuator, and/or may maintain the actuator in proximally rotated position.
  • the inner limiter ring 210 is positioned concentrically over a distal portion of the housing assembly 240
  • the outer limiter ring 220 is positioned concentrically over the inner limiter ring 210
  • the rotator is positioned concentrically over the outer limiter ring 220.
  • Proximal strain relief 202 is affixed to a proximal portion of the housing assembly 240
  • distal strain relief 204 is affixed to a distal portion of the rotator 230.
  • the inner limiter ring 210, the outer limiter ring 220 and the rotator 230 act in concert with the housing assembly 240 to facilitate rotation of elongated shaft 16 without rotation of the handle assembly 200, as well as to limit rotation of the elongated shaft.
  • Treatment device 12 comprises control wire 40 that extends the length of elongated shaft 16 (e.g., along the length or within a lumen of the elongated shaft) from the handle assembly 200 of proximal end region 18 to the intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20.
  • the control wire terminates distally in the distal end region 20 and, as seen in Fig. 25, may terminate proximally at carrier 280 of the handle assembly 200.
  • the control wire may be attached to the carrier 80 by simply being wrapped around one or more cleats on the carrier and/or attachment via adhesive or solder. Proximal translation of the carrier 280 relative to housing assembly 240 (and thereby relative to the elongated shaft 16) proximally retracts the
  • Actuator 260 comprises an actuator body 262 having a pivot 264, as well as a cam 266 that is positioned on the surface of the actuator that faces upper housing 242 and carrier 280 in the assembled configuration.
  • Actuator 260 also has as an actuator button 270 that is coupled to the actuator body via an actuator button arm 272.
  • the actuator button arm 272 acts as a lever arm that provides additional torque and mechanical advantage during rotation of the actuator 260.
  • the actuator button 270 optionally has a larger width than the actuator button arm 272 to facilitate tactile manipulation and ergonomic handling of the button by a caregiver.
  • the actuator button 270 initially is positioned in a forward or distal position relative to housing assembly 240. The caregiver may pull back (i.e. proximally) on the button 270 to proximally rotate the actuator 260 relative to the housing assembly and deflect the intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20.
  • the range of distances separating the actuator button 270 from the rotator 230 during caregiver manipulation of the handle assembly 200 is specified in a manner that facilitates single-handed ergonomic use of the handle assembly 200, even when the actuator button 270 is positioned in its proximal-most or distal-most position relative to the housing assembly 240.
  • actuator button arm 272 of the actuator 260 is seated within the actuator channel 250 formed through the mating of the upper and lower housings (see Fig. 23).
  • Actuator channel 250 provides the caregiver with access to the actuator button 270 from outside the housing assembly 240, allowing the caregiver to rotate the actuator 260 relative to the housing assembly via the
  • Carrier 280 is also positioned within the housing assembly; the carrier interacts with the actuator 260 and the housing assembly 240 to transform rotation of the actuator into translation of the carrier relative to the housing assembly, and thereby translation of the control wire 40 relative to the elongated shaft 16.
  • the carrier 280 comprises first and second housing posts 282a and 282b that are positioned within first and second longitudinal channels 252a and 252b, respectively, of the lower housing 244 of housing assembly 240.
  • the carrier has a cam post 286 that is positioned within the actuator's cam 266.
  • the carrier's cam post 286 is positioned at or near an inferior surface of the actuator's cam 266.
  • rotation of the actuator button 270 proximally relative to the housing assembly rotation of the actuator 260 causes the carrier's cam post 286 to move toward a superior surface of the actuator's cam 266.
  • the carrier's cam post 286 traverses the actuator's cam 266 from inferior to superior during the caregiver's rotation of the actuator button 270 from a more distal position (as in Fig. 26A) to a more proximal position (as in Fig. 26C) relative to the housing assembly 240, the increased distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and the actuator's cam 266 from inferior to superior causes the actuator's cam 266 to apply a force to the carrier's cam post 286 positioned therein. This force increases the distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and the carrier's cam post 286.
  • the decreased distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and cam 266 from superior to inferior causes the actuator's cam 266 to apply a force to the carrier's cam post 286 positioned therein.
  • This force decreases the distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and the carrier's cam post 286 that is positioned within the actuator's cam 266 and translates the carrier 280 distally relative to a longitudinal axis of the housing assembly 240.
  • Such distal translation of the carrier relative to the housing assembly allows the intermediate flexure zone 34 to straighten via removal of tension applied by the carrier to control wire 40.
  • the carrier's cam post 286 may apply a force to the actuator's cam 266 that moves the cam post 286 from superior to inferior within the actuator's cam 266 and rotates the actuator button 270 distally.
  • cam 266 optionally may be configured to interact with cam post 286 in a manner that provides variable resistance to the caregiver during rotation of the actuator 260. For example, resistance may increase as the actuator is rotated more proximally. At the limit, such increased resistance may serve as a brake that precludes further proximal rotation of the actuator relative to the housing assembly.
  • the actuator 260 optionally may comprise male O-ring attachment profile 274 on the surface of the actuator that faces lower housing 244 in the assembled configuration (see Fig. 27). Profile 274 preferably is concentric with the actuator's pivot 264.
  • the male O-ring attachment profile may have a maximum outer cross-sectional dimension that is just slightly less than the inner diameter of the O-ring 275.
  • the male attachment profile optionally may be slightly non-circular or pointed, e.g., about the ribs of the profile 274.
  • lower housing 244 optionally may comprise optional female O- ring attachment profile 249 (shown in Fig. 24).
  • the female O-ring attachment profile may have a maximum inner cross-sectional dimension that is just slightly larger than the outer diameter of the O-ring 275.
  • the female attachment profile 249 optionally may be slightly non-circular or pointed, as well, e.g., may have a profile similar to that of the actuator's male attachment profile 274.
  • O-ring 275 is positioned within the female O-ring attachment profile 249 of the lower housing 244 and over the male O-ring attachment profile 274 of the actuator 260.
  • the non-circular male and female O-ring attachment profiles preferably are concentric, such that the O-ring is in an unstressed state during shipping and storage.
  • the actuator button 270 As the actuator button 270 is rotated from a more distal position to a more proximal position within the actuator channel 250, the actuator's male attachment profile 274 is no longer concentric with the lower housing's female attachment profile 249. This may cause engagement of the O-ring 275 between the relatively pointed sections of the actuator's male attachment profile 274 and the lower housing's female attachment profile 249. Such O-ring engagement increases friction, which may provide tactile feedback to the caregiver and/or may provide a friction lock that temporarily maintains the rotational position of the actuator 260 (and thereby the translational position of the carrier 280 and the control wire 40) relative to the housing assembly 240.
  • the intermediate flexure zone 34 may convey a restoring moment to the actuator 260 through the control wire and the carrier.
  • the restoring moment may seek to reverse deflection of the intermediate flexure zone and rotate the actuator button 270 back to a more distal position within the actuator channel 250.
  • the increased friction provided by engagement of the O-ring 275 may counteract the intermediate flexure zone's restoring moment to temporarily maintaining deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34.
  • Alternative friction and locking mechanisms known in the art may be provided.
  • cable 28 of system 10 is operatively attached to the handle assembly 200 and electrically connects the thermal heating element 24 at the distal end region 18 of the elongated shaft 16 to the generator 26. As seen in Fig. 25, cable 28 passes through a proximal lumen of the handle assembly 200
  • the cable 28 terminates within the handle assembly and is electrically connected to at least one supply wire 29.
  • the supply wire(s) convey treatment energy from generator 26 and cable 28 to the thermal heating element 24 and/or transmit signal from one or more sensors 52 (see Figs. 9 and 19), such as one or more temperature (e.g., thermocouple, thermistor, etc.), impedance, pressure, optical, flow, chemical or other sensors, located proximate to or within the thermal heating element 24 and connected to the supply wire(s).
  • circuit board 290 In the embodiment of Fig. 25, cable 28 is electrically connected to supply wire(s) 29 via circuit board 290.
  • the cable alternatively may be directly connected to the supply wire(s) 29 and/or that the supply wire(s) may extend proximally within the cable 28 proximal of the handle assembly 200, e.g., all the way to the generator 26 without requiring an additional electrical connection to the cable 28.
  • circuit board 290 optionally may comprise programming or one or more circuits for controlling, measuring, altering or otherwise interacting with the treatment energy delivered via generator 26 and/or signal transmitted by the supply wire(s) from a distally-located sensor.
  • housing assembly 240 comprises one or more tortuous path features 245 through which cable 28 is routed prior to its termination at circuit board 290.
  • Features 245 may provide sufficient friction to mount cable 28 within the housing assembly 240 without requiring secondary fixation of the cable to the housing, e.g., via adhesives, though it should be understood that secondary fixation alternatively may be provided.
  • other mechanical locks such as a clip or sleeve that is crimped or otherwise affixed to the cable and is positioned within the housing assembly 240 in a manner that precludes removal of the clip/sleeve from the housing assembly, also may be provided.
  • Circuit board 290 also may be friction fit within the housing assembly and/or may be attached to the housing assembly via secondary fixation, such as adhesives.
  • Supply wire(s) 29 extend distally from circuit board 290. Along with control wire 40, the supply wire(s) 29 pass through a distal lumen of the handle assembly 200 formed through housing assembly 240, rotator 230 and distal strain
  • control wire 40 and supply wire(s) 29 proximally terminate within the housing assembly 240, significant independent rotation of the elongated shaft relative to the housing assembly might cause the wires to become significantly twisted about one another and/or to break.
  • Figs. 28 and 29 interactions of the housing assembly 240, the rotator 230, the outer limiter ring 220 and the inner limiter ring 210 are described in more detail. These interactions facilitate independent rotation of the elongated shaft 16 relative to the handle assembly 200, while providing a rotation limiting element that limits such independent rotation, thereby reducing a risk of control and/or supply wire entanglement or breakage.
  • the inner limiter ring 210 is positioned concentrically over a distal portion of the housing assembly 240, the outer limiter ring 220 is positioned concentrically over the inner limiter ring 210, and the rotator 230 is positioned concentrically over the outer limiter ring 220.
  • the distal portion of the housing assembly 240 comprises cylindrical segment 254 about which the inner limiter ring 210 is concentrically positioned.
  • the cylindrical segment is of reduced diameter relative to surface 241 of the housing assembly 240 just proximal of the cylindrical segment 254, such that proximal surfaces of the inner limiter ring 210, the outer limiter ring 220 and the rotator 230 abut surface 241 of the housing assembly
  • An inner diameter of inner limiter ring 210 is just slightly greater than an outer diameter of the housing assembly's cylindrical segment 254, such that the inner limiter ring may rotate concentrically about the cylindrical segment.
  • an inner diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220 is just slightly greater that an outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210, such that the outer limiter ring may rotate concentrically about the inner limiter ring.
  • an inner diameter of a proximal region of the rotator 230 is just slightly greater than an outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 220 at outer tab 224, such that the rotator may rotate concentrically about the outer limiter ring.
  • handle assembly 200 facilitates independent rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240, while constraining longitudinal translation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly.
  • the elongated shaft 16 Via its connection to the rotator, the elongated shaft 16 likewise may be rotated without rotating the handle assembly 200 (i.e., without rotating the housing assembly 240), while translation of the handle assembly also translates the elongated shaft.
  • the distal portion of the housing assembly 240 comprises housing shaft 256 (located distally and of reduced cross-section relative to the housing assembly's cylindrical segment 254) having lumen 257.
  • Rotator 230 comprises rotator shaft 232 having lumen 233 and configured for positioning within the lumen 257 of the housing shaft 256 when the rotator 230 is attached to the housing assembly 240 to facilitate independent rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly.
  • Rotator 230 optionally may comprise one or more rotator elements 234 that engage or rub against cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240 to provide tactile feedback to the caregiver during rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly 240. All or a portion of the cylindrical segment 254 optionally may comprise a surface pattern or engagement features 255 that interact with the rotator elements 234 to provide such tactile feedback.
  • the surface pattern 255 may comprise alternating segments where the radius of cylindrical segment 254 is slightly increased then decreased.
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -74- resistance slightly increases while the rotator elements 234 traverse the increased diameter segments and slightly decreases while the rotator elements 234 traverse the decreased diameter segments.
  • These alternating segments of the surface pattern 255 may traverse known angular segments about the circumference of the cylindrical segment 254. The caregiver may monitor the tactile feedback provided during rotation of the rotator elements 234 about the alternating segments of the surface pattern 255 to monitor the degree of angular rotation of the elongated shaft 16.
  • the surface pattern 255 provides tactile feedback (e.g., transitions between alternating segments of increased and decreased diameter) every 45 degrees of relative rotation between the housing assembly 240 and the rotator 230, though such tactile feedback alternatively may be provided at any other desired degree of relative rotation.
  • the rotator elements 234 additionally or alternatively may abut and constrain distal translation of the inner limiter ring 210 and/or outer limiter ring 220 relative to the rotator 230, thereby limiting distal translation of the housing assembly 240 relative to the rotator.
  • Translation of the housing assembly 240 relative to the rotator 230 additionally or alternatively may be constrained via engagement elements 235 that extend radially inward from rotator elements 234 and sit within reduced diameter cylindrical channel 259 of the housing assembly's cylindrical segment 254.
  • the engagement elements 235 may comprise one-way valves that allow the rotator to be press fit over the housing assembly with the engagement elements 235 locking into position within the cylindrical channel 259.
  • the engagement elements 235 facilitate rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly while constraining proximal (and optionally distal) translation of the housing assembly relative to the rotator.
  • Rotation of the elongated shaft 16 relative to the handle assembly 200 may be limited in a variety of ways, e.g., may be limited to a predetermined or optimal number of rotations of the elongated shaft relative to the handle assembly in a variety of ways.
  • elongated shaft rotation limitation is achieved via housing nub 258 disposed on cylindrical segment 254 and abutting surface 241 of the housing assembly 240, via inner arc tab 214 of inner limiter ring 210 that extends both radially outward and longitudinally proximal of the
  • caregiver rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240 may cause the rotator's rotator tab to abut outer tab 224, limiting further rotation of the rotator relative to the outer limiter ring 220; may cause the outer tab 224 to abut the inner arc tab 214, limiting further rotation of the outer limiter ring relative to the inner limiter ring 210; and may cause the inner arc tab 214 to abut the housing nub 258, limiting further rotation of the inner limiter ring relative to the housing assembly 240 and thereby limiting further rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly.
  • the elongated shaft 16 is coupled to the rotator 230, rotation of the elongated shaft relative to the handle assembly is thus also limited.
  • the inner diameter of inner limiter ring 210 is just slightly greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240 about which the inner limiter ring is concentrically positioned, facilitating rotation of the inner limiter ring relative to the housing assembly.
  • the inner arc tab 214 that extends longitudinally proximal of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210 is in rotational alignment with housing nub 258 that extends radially outward from cylindrical surface 254 of the housing assembly 240, the inner arc tab abuts the housing nub; this abutment constrains further rotation of the inner limiter ring relative to the housing assembly.
  • housing nub 258 on cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240 does not extend radially outward to such a degree that it interacts with outer limiter ring 220 or with rotator 230 (i.e., the housing
  • the inner diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220 is just slightly greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210 about which the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring is concentrically positioned, facilitating rotation of the outer limiter ring relative to the inner limiter ring.
  • the outermost diameter of inner limiter ring 210 at inner arc tab 214 is greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring (specifically, the outermost diameter of the inner limiter ring 210 at the inner arc tab 214 is roughly equal to the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220; thus, the inner arc tab does not interact with the rotator 230).
  • the inner diameter of a proximal region of rotator 230 is just slightly greater than the outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 220 at outer tab 224, facilitating rotation of the rotator relative to the outer limiter ring.
  • the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220 is less than the outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 230 at outer tab 224.
  • the innermost diameter of the rotator 230 at its rotator tab is smaller than the outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 230 at the outer tab 224, but larger than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220.
  • the rotator 230 can rotate approximately one full revolution in a given direction before its rotator tab abuts the outer tab 224 of the outer limiter ring 220.
  • Continued rotation of the rotator 230 in the given direction rotates the outer limiter ring 220 with the rotator until the outer limiter ring's outer tab 224 abuts the inner arc tab 214 of the inner limiter ring 210.
  • Further continued rotation of the rotator 230 in the given direction rotates both the outer limiter ring and the inner limiter ring with the rotator until the inner arc tab 214 abuts the housing nub 258 of cylindrical surface 254 of the housing assembly 240, precluding any further rotation of the rotator in the given direction.
  • Rotation of the rotator in the opposite direction can proceed for an equivalent number of revolutions before rotation is limited in that opposite direction.
  • the degree of rotation of the outer limiter ring 220 relative to the inner limiter ring 210, and of the inner limiter ring 210 relative to the housing assembly 240 is determined by the arc length of the inner arc tab 214 of the inner limiter ring 210.
  • the inner arc tab comprises an arc length of approximately 180°.
  • the outer limiter ring may rotate approximately 14 revolution relative to the inner limiter ring, and the inner limiter ring can rotate approximately 14 revolution relative to the housing assembly.
  • rotation of the rotator 230 (and thereby the elongated shaft 16) relative to the housing assembly 240 is limited to approximately two full revolutions.
  • 1 -78- housing assembly 240 may be varied to any desired degree between about 1 and 3 full revolutions (an arc length close to 360° would limit full rotations to about 1 rotation, while an arc length close to 0° would allow nearly 3 full rotations).
  • the number of revolutions may be further expanded by utilizing additional limiter rings and tabs.
  • rotator 230 optionally may comprise visual indicator 231 that may, for example, be radially aligned with thermal element 24 at distal end region 20 of elongated shaft 16. The caregiver may use visual indicator 231 to monitor the orientation of thermal element 24 and/or to monitor the degree of rotation of the thermal element.
  • the apparatuses, methods and systems described herein may also be used for other intravascular treatments.
  • the aforementioned catheter system, or select aspects of such system can be placed in other peripheral blood vessels to deliver energy and/or electric fields to achieve a neuromodulatory affect by altering nerves proximate to these other peripheral blood vessels.
  • the aforementioned catheter system or select aspects of such system, can be placed in other peripheral blood vessels to deliver energy and/or electric fields to achieve a neuromodulatory affect by altering nerves proximate to these other peripheral blood vessels.
  • There are a number of arterial vessels arising from the aorta which travel alongside a rich collection of nerves to target organs. Utilizing the arteries to access and modulate these nerves may have clear therapeutic potential in a number of disease states. Some examples include the nerves encircling the celiac trunk, superior mesenteric artery, and inferior mesenteric artery.
  • Sympathetic nerves proximate to or encircling the arterial blood vessel known as the celiac trunk may pass through the celiac ganglion and follow branches of the celiac trunk to innervate the stomach, small intestine, abdominal blood vessels, liver, bile ducts, gallbladder, pancreas, adrenal glands, and kidneys. Modulating these nerves either in whole (or in part via selective modulation) may enable treatment of conditions including (but not limited to) diabetes, pancreatitis, obesity, hypertension, obesity related hypertension, hepatitis, hepatorenal
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -79- syndrome, gastric ulcers, gastric motility disorders, irritable bowel syndrome, and autoimmune disorders such as Chron's disease.
  • Sympathetic nerves proximate to or encircling the arterial blood vessel known as the inferior mesenteric artery may pass through the inferior mesenteric ganglion and follow branches of the inferior mesenteric artery to innervate the colon, rectum, bladder, sex organs, and external genitalia. Modulating these nerves either in whole (or in part via selective modulation) may enable treatment of conditions including (but not limited to) Gl motility disorders, colitis, urinary retention, hyperactive bladder, incontinence, infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, premature ejaculation, erectile dysfunction, dyspareunia, and vaginismus.
  • the disclosed apparatuses, methods and systems can also be used to deliver treatment from within a peripheral vein or lymphatic vessel.
  • apparatus makes reference to any apparatus of the disclosure.
  • this term relates to devices for achieving intravascular renal neuromodulation via thermal effects, such as heating.
  • This term covers references to apparatus catheters, catheters, and treatment devices in general.
  • catheter is used, but it should be understood that this is merely a particular example of the apparatuses of the disclosure.
  • the apparatus comprises an elongated shaft.
  • the elongated shaft is sized and configured to deliver a thermal element to a renal artery via an intravascular path that includes a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and the abdominal aorta.
  • a thermal element to deliver a thermal element to a renal artery via an intravascular path that includes a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and the abdominal aorta.
  • different sectors of the elongated shaft serve different mechanical functions when in use.
  • the elongated shaft may be in the form of a flexible tube.
  • apparatus includes, but is not necessarily limited to, a catheter.
  • a catheter is a solid or tubular structure that can be inserted into a body cavity, lumen, duct or vessel. A process of inserting a catheter is cathetehsation.
  • the catheter for example, may be an
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -80- intravascular catheter suitable for insertion into and delivery through an intravascular path.
  • the intravascular path may be via a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and/or the aorta.
  • the passage may be through an access site, percutaneously into the femoral artery and passed into the iliac artery and aorta, into either the left or right renal artery.
  • This comprises an intravascular path that offers minimally invasive access to a respective renal artery and/or other renal blood vessels.
  • passage through an intravascular path comprises a first vascular region and a second vascular region deviating from the first vascular region at an angular junction.
  • An angular junction could, for example, be the junction of the left/right renal arteries and the aorta. Such an angular junction requires significant flexure of the apparatus in order to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery;
  • a force transmitting section is sized and configured to possess selected mechanical properties that accommodate physical passage through and the transmission of forces within the intravascular path. For example, as it leads from an accessed femoral artery (left or right), through the respective iliac branch artery and into the aorta, and in proximity to the targeted renal artery (left or right).
  • the axis of the elongated shaft refers to the longitudinal access of the elongated shaft.
  • the proximal region of the apparatus refers to the proximal end region of the elongated shaft. This region may include, for example, the handle assembly and the force transmitting section of the apparatus.
  • the distal region or distal section of the apparatus refers to the distal end region of the apparatus; the end of the apparatus that is furthest away from the handle assembly.
  • the distal end region includes, for example, a first or proximal flexure zone, a second or intermediate flexure zone, and/or a distal flexure zone.
  • the first flexure zone refers to the flexure zone that is closest to the proximal end region of the apparatus.
  • the first flexure zone is equivalent to the proximal flexure zone (see discussion of Figures 11A to 11 C above).
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -81 - proximal flexure zone is proximal to the handle assembly or the force transmitting section, which is part of the proximal end region.
  • the first flexure zone or proximal flexure zone may also be referred to as a proximal section.
  • the proximal section may be flexible to enable it to be placed into the angular junction.
  • a proximal flexible section is adapted to bend within a guide catheter to form a transitional bend.
  • a transitional bend that is supported and stable within the vasculature is defined as a proximal flexure zone or proximal section.
  • the second flexure zone refers to the flexure zone distal from the first flexure zone (or proximal flexure zone). In embodiments having more than two flexure zones, the second flexure zone is equivalent to the intermediate flexure zone described in more detail above.
  • the thermal element may be supported by the second or intermediate flexure zone. In embodiments having only two flexure zones, the second flexure zone is equivalent to the distal flexure zone outlined above.
  • the second flexure zone or intermediate flexure zone may also be referred to as an intermediate section.
  • the intermediate section may be deflectable to enable it to extend distally from an angular junction.
  • an intermediate section may extend distally from a transitional bend of a flexible proximal section.
  • the third flexure zone refers to the flexure zone distal to the second flexure zone (or intermediate flexure zone).
  • the third flexure zone is equivalent to the distal flexure zone described in more detail above.
  • the thermal element may be carried at the end of or coupled to the distal flexure zone.
  • the thermal element is positioned at the distal end or buttresses the distal end of the distal flexure zone.
  • the third flexure zone or distal flexure zone may also be referred to as a flexible distal section.
  • the flexible distal section may extend distally from an intermediate section, as described in more detail above.
  • the thermal element may be any suitable element for thermal heating.
  • the thermal element is sized and configured for manipulation and use within a renal artery.
  • the thermal element is coupled to or carried by the distal flexure zone. Additionally, the distal flexure zone is configured to orient a portion of the thermal
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -82- element alongside a region of tissue, thereby providing consistent tissue contact at each treatment location.
  • the distal flexure zone also biases the thermal heating element against tissue, thereby stabilizing the thermal element.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a second thermal element coupled to the second or intermediate flexure zone, wherein the second thermal element is configured to contact the first wall region of the peripheral blood vessel.
  • the distal flexure zone separates the thermal element from the elongated shaft.
  • the apparatus may have only one flexure zone, i.e. a distal flexure zone.
  • the distal flexure zone having the flexible structure creates a region of electrical isolation between the thermal element and the rest of the elongated shaft, whereby the thermal element is operatively coupled to the rest of the apparatus via at least one supply wire.
  • the distal flexure zone is approximately 2 to 5 mm in length. In other embodiments, however, the distal flexure zone can be as long as about 1 cm.
  • the length of the intermediate flexure zone can range from approximately 5 mm to 15 mm. In other embodiments, particularly for treatments in relatively long blood vessels, the length of the intermediate flexure zone can be as long as about 20 mm. In another embodiment, the length of the intermediate flexure zone can be about 12.5 mm.
  • a flexure control element may be coupled to the first or second flexure zones, or proximal, or intermediate flexural zones.
  • the flexure control element is configured to apply a force to the coupled zone such that the zone flexes in a radial direction from the axis of the longitudinal axis of the zone.
  • the flexure control element may be carried by the handle assembly.
  • a flexure controller is coupled to the flexure control element and can be operated to cause the flexure control element to apply a first force suitable to flex or move the respective zone that is coupled to the flexure control element.
  • the flexure controller may be part of or coupled to the handle assembly of the apparatus, catheter apparatus or device.
  • the flexure control element and flexure controller may be part of a control mechanism coupled to first, second, proximal, or intermediate zones.
  • the control mechanism may include a flexure controller in the form of a control wire attached/coupled to the distal end portion of the respective zone.
  • the control wire may be passed proximally through or alongside the elongated shaft of the apparatus/device and coupled to a flexure controller in the form of an actuator on or part of the handle assembly.
  • the distal end region of the elongated shaft can be sized and configured to vary the stiffness of the flexure zone(s) about its circumference.
  • the variable circumferential stiffness imparts preferential and directional bending to the flexure zone (i.e., directionally biased stiffness).
  • the flexure zone may be configured to bend in a single preferential direction.
  • the compressive and/or bending force and resulting directional bending from the deflection of the flexure zone has the consequence of altering the axial stiffness of the flexure zone.
  • the actuation of the control wire serves to increase the axial stiffness of the flexure zone.
  • the directionally biased stiffness of the flexure zone causes the flexure zone to move in a predetermined radial direction in response to a first force applied by the flexure control element.
  • each of the flexure zones can apply via the thermal element a stabilizing force that positions the thermal element in substantially secure contact with the tissue surface during actuation of the flexure control element.
  • This stabilizing force also influences the amount of tissue surface contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio).
  • the stabilizing force may be any suitable stabilizing force that influences the amount of tissue surface contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio).
  • the stabilizing force may
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -84- cause at least twenty-five percent of the total surface area of the thermal element to contact the tissue surface.
  • a second flexure element is part of or coupled to the distal flexure zone, which may be the second or third flexure zone.
  • the second flexure element is also coupled to the thermal element.
  • the second flexure element has mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent of the proximal flexure zone and the intermediate flexure zone, at a preferred treatment angle ⁇ 3.
  • the second flexure element may be or have a flexible structure.
  • a flexible structure accommodates passive flexure of the thermal element in any plane through the axis of the elongated shaft.
  • the thermal element may flex up to ninety degrees, or less than or equal to ninety degrees from the axis.
  • the flexible structure may be in the form of a thread, such as a polymer thread. It is desirable for thread be comprised of Kevlar or similar polymer thread.
  • the thread may be encased in or covered with a coating or wrapping, such as a polymer coating.
  • the thread may be covered with a polymer laminate, coating, or sheath that can be comprised of any electrically insulative material, and particularly those listed above with respect to the sheath (e.g., carbothane).
  • the flexible structure may further comprise a metal coil.
  • the thread may mechanically couple the flexible structure to at least one of the thermal element and the elongated shaft.
  • the thread is routed through a proximal anchor, which is attached to the distal end of a flexure zone (e.g., intermediate flexure zone), and a distal anchor, which is fixed within or integrated into the thermal element using solder.
  • the flexible structure can include, for example, a spring-like flexible tubular structure as described in more detail above.
  • the flexible structure may be in the form of a tubular metal coil, cable, braid or polymer.
  • the flexible structure can take the form of an oval, rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer.
  • the flexible structure may comprise other mechanical structures or systems that allow the thermal element to pivot in at least one plane of movement.
  • the flexible structure may comprise a hinge or ball/socket combination.
  • the force transmitting section is sized and configured for transmitting along a compound flexure or compound structure of the elongated shaft.
  • a compound structure in the elongated shaft is formed by the flexure of the proximal, intermediate, and distal flexure zones.
  • the compound structure positions a thermal element carried by the distal flexure zone for placement in contact with tissue along the intravascular path,
  • a connector on or carried by the handle assembly is configured to connect the thermal element to a thermal energy source.
  • the connector may be a cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly.
  • the energy source may be a generator or any other energy source.
  • At least one supply wire may pass along the elongated shaft or through a lumen in the elongated shaft from the cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly to convey the energy to the thermal element.
  • the energy supplied to the thermal element may be at least one of radiofrequency, microwave energy, ultrasound energy, laser/light energy, thermal fluid, and cryogenic fluid.
  • the thermal element may be an electrode for applying radiofrequency energy.
  • a sensor such as a temperature sensor (e.g., thermocouple, thermistor, etc.), optical sensor, microsensor or impedance sensor can be located adjacent to, on or within the thermal element.
  • the sensor can monitor a parameter of the apparatus and/or the tissue surface.
  • the sensor may be connected to one or more supply wires. With two supply wires, one wire could convey the energy to the thermal heating element and one wire could transmit the signal from the sensor. Alternatively, both wires could transmit energy to the thermal heating element.
  • a feedback control system is configured to alter treatment delivered to the tissue surface in response to the monitored parameter.
  • the feedback control system may form part of the catheter or may be attached to the energy source, such
  • the feedback control system may be a processor coupled to the catheter or the energy source.
  • the sensor data can be acquired or monitored by the feedback control system prior to, simultaneous with, or after the delivery of energy or in between pulses of energy, when applicable.
  • the monitored data may be used in a feedback loop to better control therapy, e.g., to determine whether to continue or stop treatment, and it may facilitate controlled delivery of an increased or reduced power or a longer or shorter duration therapy.
  • the feedback control system such as the generator, can include an algorithm for controlling the delivery/output of energy to the thermal element.
  • the algorithm can be implemented, for example, as a conventional computer program for execution by a processor coupled to the energy source.
  • the handle assembly may comprise a rotator coupled to the elongated shaft and configured to rotate the elongated shaft about the axis without rotating the handle assembly.
  • the rotator can comprise a rotational limiting element configured to prevent rotation of the elongated shaft beyond a predetermined number of revolutions.
  • the rotational limiting element may be in the form of an axial groove and the distal portion of the handle assembly can include a fitting interface having a helical channel,
  • a traveling element for example in the form of a ball comprising stainless steel, another metal, or a polymer, can be placed within the fitting interface so that it, upon rotation of the fitting, may simultaneously travel within the helical channel of the fitting interface and along the axial groove of the fitting.
  • the balL reaches the end of the channel and/or groove, the ball will no longer move and, consequently, the fitting will not be able to rotate any further in that direction, i.e. the travel of the traveling element is limited by the structural confines of the interface.
  • the rotational fitting and handle fitting interface can be configured to allow for the optimal number of revolutions for the shaft, given structural or dimensional constraints (e.g., wires).
  • the components of the handle assembly could be configured to allow for two revolutions of the shaft independent of the handle assembly.
  • a controlled flexure zone may comprise a first or proximal flexure zone or second or intermediate flexure zone.
  • the controlled flexure zone refers to the
  • WO00/LEGAL17467783.1 -87- part of the elongated shaft that may be controlled by a remotely controlled element.
  • the controlled flexure zone may be in the form of a tubular structure.
  • a remotely controlled element may be in the form of, but is not limited to, a control wire attached to the distal end of the controlled flexure zone.
  • the control wire may be passed proximally through the elongated shaft of the apparatus and coupled to an actuator on or part of the handle assembly.
  • An operator may remotely operate the actuator by pulling proximally on or pushing forward the actuator and pulling the control wire back to apply a compressive and/or bending force to the flexure zone resulting in bending.
  • the compressive force in combination with the optional directionally biased stiffness of the controlled flexure zone deflects the controlled flexure zone and, thereby, radially moves the controlled flexure zone with respect to its longitudinal axis.
  • the distal end region of the elongated shaft can be sized and configured to vary the stiffness of the flexure zone(s) about its circumference.
  • the variable circumferential stiffness imparts preferential and directional bending to the controlled flexure zone (i.e., directionally biased stiffness). This enables the flexure of the controlled flexure zone in a predetermined radial direction.
  • the controlled flexure zone may be configured to bend in a single preferential direction. The compressive and bending force and resulting directional bending from the deflection of the controlled flexure zone has the consequence of altering the axial stiffness of the controlled flexure zone.
  • the actuation of the control wire serves to increase the axial stiffness of the controlled flexure zone.
  • the directionally biased stiffness of the controlled flexure zone causes the flexure zone to move in a predetermined radial direction in response to a first force applied by the flexure control element.
  • the stiffness of the controlled zone can apply via the thermal element a stabilizing force that positions the thermal element in substantially secure contact with the tissue surface, during actuation of the flexure control element.
  • This stabilizing force also influences the amount of tissue surface contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio).
  • the thermal heating element i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio
  • the stabilizing force may cause at least twenty-five percent of the total surface area of the thermal element to contact the tissue surface.
  • the controlled flexure zone in the form of a tubular structure may provide the directionally biased stiffness.
  • the tubular structure may be made of a metal material, e.g. of stainless steel, or a shape memory alloy, e.g., nickel titanium (a.k.a., nitinol or NiTi), to possess the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness.
  • the tubular structure may comprise a tubular polymer or metal/polymer composite having segments with different stiffnesses.
  • the tubular structure may be in the form of an oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer having segments with different stiffnesses.
  • the tubular structure when made from metal, may be laser cut.
  • the tubular structure may be laser cut along its length to provide a bendable, spring-like structure.
  • the tubular structure can include a laser-cut pattern having a spine with a plurality of connecting ribs. The pattern biases the deflection of the tubular structure, in response to pulling on the control flexure element coupled to the distal end of the tubular structure, toward a desired direction.
  • the directionally- biased stiffness of the tubular structure may be determined by the location of the spine in relation to the plurality of connecting ribs on the tubular structure.
  • the tubular structure may further comprise a polymer laminate, coating, or sheath.
  • An unrestrained flexure zone is distal to the controlled flexure zone.
  • the unrestrained flexure zone has or is coupled to a thermal or tissue heating element.
  • the unrestrained flexure zone has mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent to or in response to the flexure of the controlled flexure zone.
  • the unrestrained flexure zone may have or be coupled to a flexible structure as described in more detail above.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a second thermal element coupled to the controlled flexure zone, wherein the second thermal element is configured to contact the first wall region of the peripheral blood vessel.
  • a connector on or carried by the handle assembly is configured to connect the thermal element to a thermal energy source.
  • the connector may be a
  • the energy source may be a generator or any other energy source.
  • At least one supply wire may pass along the elongated shaft or through a lumen in the elongated shaft from the cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly to convey the energy to the thermal element.
  • the elongated shaft may be configured for rotation within the peripheral blood vessel when the controlled flexure zone is in flexure against the first wall region and when the thermal element is in contact with the second wall region. Rotation of the elongated shaft positions the controlled flexure zone against a third wall region and positions the thermal element against a fourth wall region, wherein the third wall region is circumferentially offset from the first wall region and the fourth wall region is circumferentially offset from the second wall region, and wherein the third wall region is generally opposite the fourth wall region.
  • the apparatus of the disclosure may form part of a system.
  • the system may further comprise instructions that command the energy generator/source to deliver energy to the thermal element according to a predetermined energy delivery profile.
  • the predetermined energy delivery profile may comprise increasing energy delivery to a predetermined power level for a first period of time, maintaining energy delivery at the first power level for a second period of time; and increasing energy delivery to a second power level if the temperature value is less than a preset threshold following the second period of time.
  • the apparatus of the disclosure may be provided in the form of a kit, such as a medical kit.
  • the kit may further comprise a cable configured to electrically connect the catheter apparatus to the thermal energy source and a dispersive electrode configured to provide a return path for an energy field from the catheter.
  • the kit may further comprise one or more guide catheters (e.g., a renal guide catheter).
  • the cable can also be integrated into the apparatus such that both components are packaged together.
  • Each component may have its own sterile packaging (for components requiring sterilization) or the components may have dedicated sterilized compartments within the kit packaging.
  • the kit may further comprise instructions for delivering the catheter apparatus into a renal artery of the patient and at least partially denervating the kidney corresponding to the renal artery to treat the patient for a condition associated with at least one of hypertension, heart failure, kidney disease, chronic renal failure, sympathetic hyperactivity, diabetes, metabolic disorder, arrhythmia, acute myocardial infarction and cardio-renal syndrome
  • a second electrode could be placed on the intermediate flexure zone 34 opposite the direction of deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 such that the second electrode could deliver treatment to the vessel wall at or near contact region 124.
  • This approach would allow two spaced apart treatments per position of the treatment device, one distal treatment via the first electrode 46 and one proximal treatment via the second electrode.

Abstract

Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving thermally-induced renal neuromodulation by intravascular access are disclosed herein. One aspect of the present application, for example, is directed to apparatuses, systems, and methods that incorporate a treatment device comprising an elongated shaft. The elongated shaft is sized and configured to deliver a thermal element to a renal artery via an intravascular path. Thermally-induced renal neuromodulation may be achieved via direct and/or via indirect application of thermal energy to heat or cool neural fibers that contribute to renal function, or of vascular structures that feed or perfuse the neural fibers.

Description

APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR ACHIEVING
INTRAVASCULAR, THERMALLY-INDUCED RENAL
NEUROMODULATION
REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims the benefit of the following pending applications:
[0002] (a) U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/142,128, filed on December 31 , 2008;
[0003] (b) U.S. Patent Application No. 12/495,691 , filed on June 30, 2009; [0004] (C) U.S. Patent Application No. 12/545,648, filed on August 21 , 2009;
[0005] (d) European Patent Application No. 09167937.3, filed August 14, 2009;
[0006] (e) European Patent Application No. 09168202.1 , filed August 19, 2009; and
[0007] (f) European Patent Application No. 09168204.7, filed August 19, 2009.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0008] The technologies disclosed in the present application generally relate to apparatus, systems, and methods for intravascular neuromodulation. More particularly, the technologies disclosed herein relate to apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular renal neuromodulation via thermal heating.
BACKGROUND
[0009] Hypertension, heart failure and chronic kidney disease represent a significant and growing global health issue. Current therapies for these conditions include non-pharmacological, pharmacological and device-based approaches. Despite this variety of treatment options the rates of control of blood pressure and
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 the therapeutic efforts to prevent progression of heart failure and chronic kidney disease and their sequelae remain unsatisfactory. Although the reasons for this situation are manifold and include issues of non-compliance with prescribed therapy, heterogeneity in responses both in terms of efficacy and adverse event profile, and others, it is evident that alternative options are required to supplement the current therapeutic treatment regimes for these conditions.
[0010] Reduction of sympathetic renal nerve activity (e.g., via denervation), can reverse these processes. Ardian, Inc., of Palo Alto, CA, has discovered that an energy field, including and comprising an electric field, can initiate renal neuromodulation via denervation caused by irreversible electroporation, electrofusion, apoptosis, necrosis, ablation, thermal alteration, alteration of gene expression or another suitable modality.
SUMMARY
[0011] The following summary is provided for the benefit of the reader only, and is not intended to limit the disclosure in any way. The present application provides apparatus, systems and methods for achieving thermally-induced renal neuromodulation by intravascular access.
[0012] One aspect of the present application provides apparatuses, systems, and methods that incorporate a treatment device comprising an elongated shaft. The elongated shaft is sized and configured to deliver a thermal heating element to a renal artery via an intravascular path that includes a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and the aorta. Different sections of the elongated shaft serve different mechanical functions when in use. The sections are differentiated in terms of their size, configuration, and mechanical properties for (i) percutaneous introduction into a femoral artery through a small-diameter access site; (ii) atraumatic passage through the tortuous intravascular path through an iliac artery, into the aorta, and into a respective left/right renal artery, including (iii) accommodating significant flexure at the junction of the left/right renal arteries and aorta to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery; (iv) accommodating controlled translation, deflection, and/or rotation within the respective renal artery to attain proximity to and a desired alignment with an interior wall of the respective renal artery; and (v) allowing the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -2- placement of a thermal heating element into contact with tissue on the interior wall in an orientation that optimizes the active surface area of the thermal heating element.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0013] Fig. 1 is a conceptual illustration of the sympathetic nervous system (SNS) and how the brain communicates with the body via the SNS.
[0014] Fig. 2 is an enlarged anatomic view of nerves innervating a left kidney to form the renal plexus surrounding the left renal artery.
[0015] Figs. 3A and 3B provide anatomic and conceptual views of a human body, respectively, depicting neural efferent and afferent communication between the brain and kidneys
[0016] Figs. 4A and 4B are, respectively, anatomic views of the arterial and venous vasculatures of a human.
[0017] Fig. 5 is a perspective view of a system for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation, comprising a treatment device and a generator.
[0018] Figs. 6A to6D are anatomic views of the intravascular delivery, deflection and placement of embodiments of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 through the femoral artery and into a renal artery.
[0019] Figs. 7A to 7D are a series of views of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5, showing the different mechanical and functional regions that the elongated shaft incorporates.
[0020] Fig. 7E shows an anatomic view of the placement of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 within the dimensions of the renal artery.
[0021] Figs. 8A to 8C show the placement of a thermal heating element, which is carried at the distal end of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig, 5, into contact with tissue along a renal artery.
[0022] Figs. 9A and 9B show placement of the thermal heating element shown in Figs. 8A to 8C into contact with tissue along a renal artery and delivery of thermal treatment to the renal plexus.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -3- [0023] Figs. 10A and 10B show a representative embodiment of the force transmitting section of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0024] Figs. 11A to 11 C show a representative embodiment of the proximal flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0025] Figs. 12A to 12D show a representative embodiment of the intermediate flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0026] Figs. 13A to 13C show alternative embodiments of the intermediate flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0027] Figs. 14A to 14C show alternative embodiments of the intermediate flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0028] Figs. 15A to 15C show a representative embodiment of the distal flexure zone of the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0029] Figs. 15D to 15F show multiple planar views of the bending capability of the distal flexure zone corresponding to the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0030] Figs. 15G and 15H show alternative embodiments of the distal flexure zone corresponding to the elongated shaft of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0031] Figs. 151 and 15J show an alternative catheter embodiment of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 comprising an intermediate section comprising an arch wire.
[0032] Figs. 16A and 16B show a representative embodiment of a rotational control mechanism coupled to the handle assembly of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0033] Figs. 16C and 16D show a handle assembly of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 with a rotational control mechanism having a rotational limiting element and an actuator.
[0034] Figs. 17A and 17B show an alternative representative embodiment of an elongated shaft for a treatment device like that shown in Fig. 5, showing examples of
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -4- the different mechanical and functional regions that the elongated shaft can incorporate.
[0035] Figs. 18A and 18B show another alternative representative embodiment of an elongated shaft for a treatment device like that shown in Fig. 5, showing examples of the different mechanical and functional regions that the elongated shaft can incorporate.
[0036] Figs. 19A to 19H show the intravascular delivery, placement, deflection, rotation, retraction, repositioning and use of a treatment device, like that shown in Fig. 5, to achieve thermally-induced renal neuromodulation from within a renal artery.
[0037] Figs. 191 to 19K show the circumferential treatment effect resulting from intravascular use of a treatment device, like that shown in Fig. 5.
[0038] Fig. 19L shows an alternative intravascular treatment approach using the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0039] Fig. 20 shows an energy delivery algorithm corresponding to the energy generator of the system shown in Fig. 5.
[0040] Fig. 21 shows several components of the system and treatment device shown in Fig. 5 packaged within a single kit.
[0041] Figs. 22A to 22C show fluoroscopic images of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 in multiple treatment positions within a renal artery of an animal.
[0042] Figs. 22D and 22E show fluoroscopic images of the treatment device shown in Fig. 5 in multiple treatment positions within a renal artery during a human study.
[0043] Fig. 23 is an isometric view of another handle assembly for the treatment device shown in Fig. 5.
[0044] Fig. 24 is an exploded isometric view of the handle assembly of Figure 23.
[0045] Fig. 25 is a side cross-sectional view of the handle assembly of Figure 23.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -5- [0046] Figs. 26A to 26C provide detailed side cross-sectional views of the handle assembly of Figure 25, illustrating coordinated angular rotation of the actuator and linear translation of the carrier relative to the housing assembly
[0047] Figure 27 is a detailed isometric view of the actuator and O-ring of the handle assembly of Figure 24.
[0048] Fig. 28 is a detailed isometric view of the distal portion of the handle assembly body of Fig. 23.
[0049] Fig. 29 is a detailed, sectioned isometric view of the distal portion of the handle assembly of Fig. 23.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0050] Although the disclosure hereof is detailed and exact to enable those skilled in the art to practice the disclosed technologies, the physical embodiments herein disclosed merely exemplify the various aspects of the invention, which may be embodied in other specific structure. While the preferred embodiment has been described, the details may be changed without departing from the invention, which is defined by the claims.
I. Pertinent Anatomy and Physiology
A. The Sympathetic Nervous System
[0051] The Sympathetic Nervous System (SNS) is a branch of the autonomic nervous system along with the enteric nervous system and parasympathetic nervous system. It is always active at a basal level (called sympathetic tone) and becomes more active during times of stress. Like other parts of the nervous system, the sympathetic nervous system operates through a series of interconnected neurons. Sympathetic neurons are frequently considered part of the peripheral nervous system (PNS), although many lie within the central nervous system (CNS). Sympathetic neurons of the spinal cord (which is part of the CNS) communicate with peripheral sympathetic neurons via a series of sympathetic ganglia. Within the ganglia, spinal cord sympathetic neurons join peripheral sympathetic neurons through synapses. Spinal cord sympathetic neurons are therefore called presynaptic
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -6- (or preganglionic) neurons, while peripheral sympathetic neurons are called postsynaptic (or postganglionic) neurons.
[0052] At synapses within the sympathetic ganglia, preganglionic sympathetic neurons release acetylcholine, a chemical messenger that binds and activates nicotinic acetylcholine receptors on postganglionic neurons. In response to this stimulus, postganglionic neurons principally release noradrenaline (norepinephrine). Prolonged activation can elicit the release of adrenaline from the adrenal medulla.
[0053] Once released, norepinephrine and epinephrine bind adrenergic receptors on peripheral tissues. Binding to adrenergic receptors causes a neuronal and hormonal response. The physiologic manifestations include pupil dilation, increased heart rate, occasional vomiting, and increased blood pressure. Increased sweating is also seen due to binding of cholinergic receptors of the sweat glands.
[0054] The sympathetic nervous system is responsible for up- and down- regulating many homeostatic mechanisms in living organisms. Fibers from the SNS innervate tissues in almost every organ system, providing at least some regulatory function to things as diverse as pupil diameter, gut motility, and urinary output. This response is also known as sympatho-adrenal response of the body, as the preganglionic sympathetic fibers that end in the adrenal medulla (but also all other sympathetic fibers) secrete acetylcholine, which activates the secretion of adrenaline (epinephrine) and to a lesser extent noradrenaline (norepinephrine). Therefore, this response that acts primarily on the cardiovascular system is mediated directly via impulses transmitted through the sympathetic nervous system and indirectly via catecholamines secreted from the adrenal medulla.
[0055] Science typically looks at the SNS as an automatic regulation system, that is, one that operates without the intervention of conscious thought. Some evolutionary theorists suggest that the sympathetic nervous system operated in early organisms to maintain survival as the sympathetic nervous system is responsible for priming the body for action. One example of this priming is in the moments before waking, in which sympathetic outflow spontaneously increases in preparation for action.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -7- 1. The Sympathetic Chain
[0056] As shown in Fig. 1 , the SNS provides a network of nerves that allows the brain to communicate with the body. Sympathetic nerves originate inside the vertebral column, toward the middle of the spinal cord in the intermediolateral cell column (or lateral horn), beginning at the first thoracic segment of the spinal cord and are thought to extend to the second or third lumbar segments. Because its cells begin in the thoracic and lumbar regions of the spinal cord, the SNS is said to have a thoracolumbar outflow. Axons of these nerves leave the spinal cord through the anterior rootlet/root. They pass near the spinal (sensory) ganglion, where they enter the anterior rami of the spinal nerves. However, unlike somatic innervation, they quickly separate out through white rami connectors which connect to the either the paravertebral (which lie near the vertebral column) or prevertebral (which lie near the aortic bifurcation) ganglia extending alongside the spinal column.
[0057] In order to reach the target organs and glands, the axons must travel long distances in the body, and, to accomplish this, many axons relay their message to a second cell through synaptic transmission. The ends of the axons link across a space, the synapse, to the dendrites of the second cell. The first cell (the presynaptic cell) sends a neurotransmitter across the synaptic cleft where it activates the second cell (the postsynaptic cell). The message is then carried to the final destination.
[0058] In the SNS and other components of the peripheral nervous system, these synapses are made at sites called ganglia. The cell that sends its fiber is called a preganglionic cell, while the cell whose fiber leaves the ganglion is called a postganglionic cell. As mentioned previously, the preganglionic cells of the SNS are located between the first thoracic (T1 ) segment and third lumbar (L3) segments of the spinal cord. Postganglionic cells have their cell bodies in the ganglia and send their axons to target organs or glands.
[0059] The ganglia include not just the sympathetic trunks but also the cervical ganglia (superior, middle and inferior), which sends sympathetic nerve fibers to the head and thorax organs, and the celiac and mesenteric ganglia (which send sympathetic fibers to the gut).
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -8- 2. Innervation of the Kidneys
[0060] As Fig. 2 shows, the kidney is innervated by the renal plexus (RP), which is intimately associated with the renal artery. The renal plexus (RP) is an autonomic plexus that surrounds the renal artery and is embedded within the adventitia of the renal artery. The renal plexus extends along the renal artery until it arrives at the substance of the kidney. Fibers contributing to the renal plexus arise from the celiac ganglion, the superior mesenteric ganglion, the aorticorenal ganglion and the aortic plexus. The renal plexus (RP), also referred to as the renal nerve, is predominantly comprised of sympathetic components. There is no (or at least very minimum) parasympathetic innervation of the kidney.
[0061] Preganglionic neuronal cell bodies are located in the intermediolateral cell column of the spinal cord. Preganglionic axons pass through the paravertebral ganglia (they do not synapse) to become the lesser splanchnic nerve, the least splanchnic nerve, first lumbar splanchnic nerve, second lumbar splanchnic nerve, and travel to the celiac ganglion, the superior mesenteric ganglion, and the aorticorenal ganglion. Postganglionic neuronal cell bodies exit the celiac ganglion, the superior mesenteric ganglion, and the aorticorenal ganglion to the renal plexus (RP) and are distributed to the renal vasculature.
3. Renal Sympathetic Neural Activity
[0062] Messages travel through the SNS in a bidirectional flow. Efferent messages can trigger changes in different parts of the body simultaneously. For example, the sympathetic nervous system can accelerate heart rate; widen bronchial passages; decrease motility (movement) of the large intestine; constrict blood vessels; increase peristalsis in the esophagus; cause pupil dilation, piloerection (goose bumps) and perspiration (sweating); and raise blood pressure. Afferent messages carry signals from various organs and sensory receptors in the body to other organs and, particularly, the brain.
[0063] Hypertension, heart failure and chronic kidney disease are a few of many disease states that result from chronic activation of the SNS, especially the renal sympathetic nervous system. Chronic activation of the SNS is a maladaptive response that drives the progression of these disease states. Pharmaceutical
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -9- management of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system has been a longstanding, but somewhat ineffective, approach for reducing over-activity of the SNS.
[0064] As mentioned above, the renal sympathetic nervous system has been identified as a major contributor to the complex pathophysiology of hypertension, states of volume overload (such as heart failure), and progressive renal disease, both experimentally and in humans. Studies employing radiotracer dilution methodology to measure overflow of norepinephrine from the kidneys to plasma revealed increased renal norepinephrine (NE) spillover rates in patients with essential hypertension, particularly so in young hypertensive subjects, which in concert with increased NE spillover from the heart, is consistent with the hemodynamic profile typically seen in early hypertension and characterized by an increased heart rate, cardiac output and renovascular resistance. It is now known that essential hypertension is commonly neurogenic, often accompanied by pronounced sympathetic nervous system overactivity.
[0065] Activation of cardiorenal sympathetic nerve activity is even more pronounced in heart failure, as demonstrated by an exaggerated increase of NE overflow from the heart and the kidneys to plasma in this patient group. In line with this notion is the recent demonstration of a strong negative predictive value of renal sympathetic activation on all-cause mortality and heart transplantation in patients with congestive heart failure, which is independent of overall sympathetic activity, glomerular filtration rate and left ventricular ejection fraction. These findings support the notion that treatment regimens that are designed to reduce renal sympathetic stimulation have the potential to improve survival in patients with heart failure.
[0066] Both chronic and end stage renal disease are characterized by heightened sympathetic nervous activation. In patients with end stage renal disease plasma levels of norepinephrine above the median have been demonstrated to be predictive for both all cause death and death from cardiovascular disease. This is also true for patients suffering from diabetic or contrast nephropathy. There is compelling evidence that suggests that sensory afferent signals originating from the diseased kidneys are major contributors to initiate and sustain elevated central sympathetic outflow in this patient group, which facilitates the occurrence of the well known adverse consequences of chronic sympathetic overactivity such as
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -10- hypertension, left ventricular hypertrophy, ventricular arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death.
(i) Renal Sympathetic Efferent Activity
[0067] Sympathetic nerves to the kidneys terminate in the blood vessels, the juxtaglomerular apparatus and the renal tubules. Stimulation of the renal sympathetic nerves causes increased renin release, increased sodium (Na+) reabsorption and a reduction of renal blood flow. These components of the neural regulation of renal function are considerably stimulated in disease states characterized by heightened sympathetic tone and clearly contribute to the rise in blood pressure in hypertensive patients. The reduction of renal blood flow and glomerular filtration rate as a result of renal sympathetic efferent stimulation is likely a cornerstone of the loss of renal function in cardio-renal syndrome, which is renal dysfunction as a progressive complication of chronic heart failure, with a clinical course that typically fluctuates with the patient's clinical status and treatment. Pharmacologic strategies to thwart the consequences of renal efferent sympathetic stimulation include centrally acting sympatholytic drugs, beta blockers (intended to reduce renin release), angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors and receptor blockers (intended to block the action of angiotensin Il and aldosterone activation consequent to renin release) and diuretics (intended to counter the renal sympathetic mediated sodium and water retention). However, the current pharmacologic strategies have significant limitations including limited efficacy, compliance issues, side effects, and others.
(ii) Renal Sensory Afferent Nerve Activity
[0068] The kidneys communicate with integral structures in the central nervous system via renal sensory afferent nerves. Several forms of "renal injury" can induce activation of sensory afferent signals. For example, renal ischemia, reduction in stroke volume or renal blood flow, or an abundance of adenosine enzyme may trigger activation of afferent neural communication. As shown in Figures 3A and 3B, this afferent communication might be from the kidney to the brain or might be from one kidney to the other kidney (via the central nervous system). These afferent signals are centrally integrated and result in increased sympathetic outflow. This
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -1 1 - sympathetic drive is directed towards the kidneys, thereby activating the RAAS and inducing increased renin secretion, sodium retention, volume retention and vasoconstriction. Central sympathetic overactivity also impacts other organs and bodily structures innervated by sympathetic nerves such as the heart and the peripheral vasculature, resulting in the described adverse effects of sympathetic activation, several aspects of which also contribute to the rise in blood pressure.
[0069] The physiology therefore suggests that (i) denervation of tissue with efferent sympathetic nerves will reduce inappropriate renin release, salt retention, and reduction of renal blood flow, and that (ii) denervation of tissue with afferent sensory nerves will reduce the systemic contribution to hypertension through its direct effect on the posterior hypothalamus as well as the contralateral kidney. In addition to the central hypotensive effects of afferent renal denervation, a desirable reduction of central sympathetic outflow to various other sympathetically innervated organs such as the heart and the vasculature is anticipated.
B. Additional Clinical Benefits of Renal Denervation
[0070] As provided above, renal denervation is likely to be valuable in the treatment of several clinical conditions characterized by increased overall and particularly renal sympathetic activity such as hypertension, metabolic syndrome, diabetes, left ventricular hypertrophy, chronic and end stage renal disease, inappropriate fluid retention in heart failure, cardio-renal syndrome and sudden death. Since the reduction of afferent neural signals contributes to the systemic reduction of sympathetic tone/drive, renal denervation might also be useful in treating other conditions associated with systemic sympathetic hyperactivity. Accordingly, renal denervation can also benefit other organs and bodily structures innervated by sympathetic nerves, including those identified in Figure 1. For example, a reduction in central sympathetic drive may reduce the insulin resistance that afflicts people with metabolic syndrome and Type Il diabetics. Additionally, patients with osteoporosis are also sympathetically activated and might also benefit from the downregulation of sympathetic drive that accompanies renal denervation.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -12- C. Achieving Intravascular Access to the Renal Artery
[0071] As Fig. 4A shows, blood moved by contractions of the heart is conveyed from the left ventricle of the heart by the aorta. The aorta descends through the thorax and branches into the left and right renal arteries. Below the renal arteries, the aorta bifurcates at the left and right iliac arteries. The left and right iliac arteries descend, respectively, through the left and right legs and join the left and right femoral arteries.
[0072] As Fig. 4B shows, the blood collects in veins and returns to the heart, through the femoral veins into the iliac veins and into the inferior vena cava. The inferior vena cava branches into the left and right renal veins. Above the renal veins, the inferior vena cava ascends to convey blood into the right atrium of the heart. From the right atrium, the blood is pumped through the right ventricle into the lungs, where it is oxygenated. From the lungs, the oxygenation blood is conveyed into the left atrium. From the left atrium, the oxygenated blood is conveyed by the left ventricle back to the aorta.
[0073] As will be described in greater detail later, the femoral artery can be exposed and cannulated at the base of the femoral triangle, just inferior to the midpoint of the inguinal ligament. A catheter can be inserted through this access site, percutaneously into the femoral artery and passed into the iliac artery and aorta, into either the left or right renal artery. This comprises an intravascular path that offers minimally invasive access to a respective renal artery and/or other renal blood vessels.
[0074] The wrist, upper arm, and shoulder region provide other locations for introduction of catheters into the arterial system. Catheterization of either the radial, brachial, or axillary artery may be utilized in select cases. Catheters introduced via these access points may be passed through the subclavian artery on the left side (or via the subclavian and brachiocephalic arteries on the right side), through the aortic arch, down the descending aorta and into the renal arteries using standard angiographic technique.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -13- II. Apparatus, Systems and Methods for Achieving Intravascular, Thermally Induced Renal Neuromodulation
A. Overview
[0075] Fig. 5 shows a system 10 for thermally inducing neuromodulation of a left and/or right renal plexus (RP) through intravascular access.
[0076] As just described, the left and/or right renal plexus (RP) surrounds the respective left and/or right renal artery. The renal plexus (RP) extends in intimate association with the respective renal artery into the substance of the kidney. The system thermally induces neuromodulation of a renal plexus (RP) by intravascular access into the respective left or right renal artery.
[0077] The system 10 includes an intravascular treatment device 12. The treatment device 12 provides access to the renal plexus (RP) through an intravascular path 14 that leads to a respective renal artery, as Fig. 6A shows.
[0078] As Fig. 5 shows, the treatment device 12 includes an elongated shaft 16 having a proximal end region 18 and a distal end region 20.
[0079] The proximal end region 18 of the elongated shaft 16 includes a handle assembly 200. The handle assembly 200 is sized and configured to be securely or ergonomically held and manipulated by a caregiver (see, e.g., Fig. 16A) outside an intravascular path 14 (see, e.g., Fig. 6A). By manipulating the handle assembly 200 from outside the intravascular path 14, the caregiver can advance the elongated shaft 16 through the tortuous intravascular path 14 and remotely manipulate or actuate the distal end region 20. Image guidance, e.g., CT, radiographic, or another suitable guidance modality, or combinations thereof, can be used to aid the caregiver's manipulation.
[0080] As shown in Fig. 6B, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can flex in a substantial fashion to gain entrance into a respective left/right renal artery by manipulation of the elongated shaft 16. As shown in Figs. 19A and 19B, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can gain entrance to the renal artery via passage within a guide catheter 94. The distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 carries at least one thermal element 24 (e.g., thermal heating
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -14- element). The thermal heating element 24 is also specially sized and configured for manipulation and use within a renal artery.
[0081] As Fig. 6B shows (and as will be described in greater detail later), once entrance to a renal artery is gained, further manipulation of the distal end region 20 and the thermal heating element 24 within the respective renal artery establishes proximity to and alignment between the thermal heating element 24 and tissue along an interior wall of the respective renal artery. In some embodiments, manipulation of the distal end region 20 will also facilitate contact between the thermal heating element 24 and wall of the renal artery.
[0082] As will be described in greater detail later, in the representative embodiment of Fig. 6B, the thermal heating element 24 of distal end region 20 is positioned along a distal portion of distal flexure zone 44. However, it should be understood that the distal end region 20 optionally may comprise one or more additional thermal heating elements that are positioned relatively more proximal. When multiple thermal heating elements are provided, the thermal heating elements may deliver power independently (i.e., may be used in a monopolar fashion), either simultaneously or progressively, and/or may deliver power between any desired combination of the elements (i.e., may be used in a bipolar fashion). Furthermore, the caregiver optionally may be capable of dynamically choosing which thermal heating element(s) are used for power delivery in order to form highly customizable lesion(s) within the renal artery, as desired.
[0083] In one representative embodiment shown in Fig. 6C, one or more additional thermal heating elements 24a optionally may be positioned at a proximal region of the distal flexure zone 44 and/or at a distal region of an intermediate flexure zone 34 for contacting an internal wall of the renal artery at position(s) longitudinally spaced, but generally in angular alignment, with the distally located thermal heating element 24. The spacing of the thermal heating elements 24 and 24a may be specified to provide a desired spacing between lesions formed when using the elements within a renal artery. In one representative embodiment, thermal heating elements 24 and 24a are spaced apart as far as about 1 cm. In other embodiments, the spacing between thermal heating elements 24 and 24a is in the range of about 2 mm to about 5 mm. In one representative embodiment, the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -15- thermal heating elements 24 and 24a are spaced apart about 5 mm. In another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24a are spaced apart about 2 mm.
[0084] Additionally or alternatively, as shown in Fig. 6D, one or more thermal heating elements 24b may be positioned relatively more proximal for contacting an internal wall of the renal artery at position(s) that are longitudinally and angularly spaced (e.g., in angular opposition) from the distally located thermal heating element 24. Such thermal heating element(s) 24b may, for example, be positioned at an apex of a bend formed during deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34, at a proximal region of the intermediate flexure zone 34, and/or at a distal region of a proximal flexure zone 32. The spacing separating thermal heating element 24b from thermal heating element 24 and from optional thermal heating element 24a may be specified as desired to provide desired longitudinal and angular spacing between lesions formed within renal vasculature. In one representative embodiment, thermal heating elements 24 and 24b are spaced apart about 7 mm to about 25 mm. In another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24b can be spaced as far as about 30 mm. In another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24b are spaced apart about 11 mm. In still another representative embodiment, the thermal heating elements 24 and 24b are spaced apart about 17.5 mm.
[0085] As will also be described in greater detail later, different sections of the elongated shaft 16 serve different mechanical functions when in use. The sections are thereby desirably differentiated in terms of their size, configuration, and mechanical properties for (i) percutaneous introduction into a femoral artery through a small-diameter access site; (ii) atraumatic passage through the tortuous intravascular path 14 through an iliac artery, into the aorta, and into a respective left/right renal artery, including (iii) significant flexure near the junction of the left/right renal arteries and aorta to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery; (iv) controlled translation, deflection, and/or rotation within the respective renal artery to attain proximity to and a desired alignment with an interior wall of the respective renal artery; and (v) the placement of a thermal heating element 24 into contact with tissue on the interior wall.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -16- [0086] Referring back to Fig. 5, the system 10 also includes a thermal generator 26 (e.g., a thermal energy generator). Under the control of the caregiver or automated control algorithm 102 (as will be described in greater detail later), the generator 26 generates a selected form and magnitude of thermal energy. A cable 28 operatively attached to the handle assembly 200 electrically connects the thermal heating element 24 to the generator 26. At least one supply wire (not shown) passing along the elongated shaft 16 or through a lumen in the elongated shaft 16 from the handle assembly 200 to the thermal heating element 24 conveys the treatment energy to the thermal heating element 24. A control mechanism, such as foot pedal 100, is connected (e.g., pneumatically connected or electrically connected) to the generator 26 to allow the operator to initiate, terminate and, optionally, adjust various operational characteristics of the generator, including, but not limited to, power delivery.
[0087] For systems that provide for the delivery of a monopolar electric field via the thermal heating element 24, a neutral or dispersive electrode 38 can be electrically connected to the generator 26. Additionally, one or more sensors 52 (see, e.g., Figs. 9 and 19), such as one or more temperature (e.g., thermocouple, thermistor, etc.), impedance, pressure, optical, flow, chemical or other sensors, can be located proximate to or within the thermal heating element and connected to one or more of the supply wires. With two supply wires, one wire could convey the energy to the thermal heating element and one wire could transmit the signal from the sensor. Alternatively, both wires could transmit energy to the thermal heating element.
[0088] Once proximity between, alignment with, and contact between the thermal heating element 24 and tissue are established within the respective renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows), the purposeful application of energy from the generator 26 to tissue by the thermal heating element 24 induces one or more desired thermal heating effects on localized regions of the renal artery and adjacent regions of the renal plexus (RP), which lay intimately within or adjacent to the adventitia of the renal artery. The purposeful application of the thermal heating effects can achieve neuromodulation along all or a portion of the RP.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -17- [0089] The thermal heating effects can include both thermal ablation and non- ablative thermal alteration or damage (e.g., via sustained heating and/or resistive heating). Desired thermal heating effects may include raising the temperature of target neural fibers above a desired threshold to achieve non-ablative thermal alteration, or above a higher temperature to achieve ablative thermal alteration. For example, the target temperature can be above body temperature (e.g., approximately 37°C) but less than about 45°C for non-ablative thermal alteration, or the target temperature can be about 45°C or higher for the ablative thermal alteration.
[0090] Further details of special size, configuration, and mechanical properties of the elongated shaft 16 and the thermal heating element 24, as well as other aspects of the system 10 will now be described. In still other embodiments, the system 10 may have a different configuration and/or include different features. For example, multi-thermal heating element devices, such as multi-electrode baskets or other balloon expandable devices, may be implemented to intravascularly deliver neuromodulatory treatment with or without contacting the vessel wall.
B. Size and Configuration of the Elongated Shaft for Achieving Intravascular Access to a Renal Artery
[0091] As explained above, intravascular access to an interior of a renal artery can be achieved through the femoral artery. As Fig. 6B shows, the elongated shaft 16 is specially sized and configured to accommodate passage through this intravascular path 14, which leads from a percutaneous access site in the femoral artery to a targeted treatment site within a renal artery. In this way, the caregiver is able to orient the thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery for its intended purpose.
[0092] For practical purposes, the maximum outer dimension (e.g., diameter) of any section of the elongated shaft 16, including the thermal heating element 24 it carries, is dictated by the inner diameter of the guide catheter through which the elongated shaft 16 is passed. Assuming, for example, that an 8 French guide catheter (which has an inner diameter of approximately 0.091 inches) would likely be, from a clinical perspective, the largest guide catheter used to access the renal artery, and allowing for a reasonable clearance tolerance between the thermal
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -18- heating element 24 and the guide catheter, the maximum outer dimension can be realistically expressed as being less than or equal to approximately 0.085 inches. However, use of a smaller 5 French guide catheter 94 may require the use of smaller outer diameters along the elongated shaft 16. For example, a thermal heating element 24 that is to be routed within a 5 French guide catheter would have an outer dimension of no greater than 0.053 inches. In another example, a thermal heating element 24 that is to be routed within a 6 French guide catheter would have an outer dimension of no great than 0.070 inches.
1. Proximal Force Transmitting Section
[0093] As Fig. 7A shows, the proximal end region 18 of the elongated shaft 16 includes, coupled to the handle assembly 200, a force transmitting section 30. The force transmitting section 30 is sized and configured to possess selected mechanical properties that accommodate physical passage through and the transmission of forces within the intravascular path 14, as it leads from the accessed femoral artery (left or right), through the respective iliac branch artery and into the aorta, and in proximity to the targeted renal artery (left or right). The mechanical properties of the force transmitting section 30 include at least a preferred effective length (expressed in inches or centimeters).
[0094] As Fig. 7A shows, the force transmitting section 30 includes a preferred effective length L1. The preferred effective length L1 is a function of the anatomic distance within the intravascular path 14 between the access site and a location proximate to the junction of the aorta and renal arteries. The preferred effective length L1 can be derived from textbooks of human anatomy, augmented by a caregiver's knowledge of the targeted site generally or as derived from prior analysis of the particular morphology of the targeted site. The preferred effective length L1 is also dependent on the length of the guide catheter that is used, if any. In a representative embodiment, for a normal human, the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 30 cm to about 110 cm. If no guide catheter is used, then the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 30 cm to about 35 cm. If a 55 cm length guide catheter is used, then the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 65 cm to about 70 cm. If a 90 cm length guide catheter is used, then the preferred effective length L1 comprises about 95 cm to about 105 cm.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -19- [0095] The force transmitting section 30 also includes a preferred axial stiffness and a preferred torsional stiffness. The preferred axial stiffness expresses the capability of the force transmitting section 30 to be advanced or withdrawn along the length of the intravascular path 14 without buckling or substantial deformation. Since some axial deformation is necessary for the force transmitting section 30 to navigate the tortuous intravascular path 14 without providing too much resistance, the preferred axial stiffness of the force transmitting section should also provide this capability. The preferred torsional stiffness expresses the capability of the force transmitting section 30 to rotate the elongated shaft 16 about its longitudinal axis along its length without kinking or permanent deformation. As will be described in greater detail later, the ability to advance and retract, as well as rotate, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 within the respective renal artery is desirable.
[0096] The desired magnitude of axial stiffness and rotational stiffness for the force transmitting section 30 can be obtained by selection of constituent material or materials to provide a desired elastic modulus (expressed in terms, e.g., of a Young's Modulus (E)) indicative of axial and torsional stiffnesses, as well as selecting the construct and configuration of the force transmitted section in terms of, e.g., its interior diameter, outer diameter, wall thickness, and structural features, including cross-sectional dimensions and geometry. Representative examples are described in greater detail below.
2. Proximal Flexure Zone
[0097] As Figs. 7A and 7B show, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 is coupled to the force transmitting section 30. The length L1 of the force transmitting section 30 generally serves to bring the distal end region 20 into the vicinity of the junction of the respective renal artery and aorta (as Fig. 6B shows). The axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the force transmitting region transfer axial and rotation forces from the handle assembly 200 to the distal end region 20, as will be described in greater detail later.
[0098] As shown in Fig. 7B, the distal end region 20 includes a first or proximal flexure zone 32 proximate to the force transmitting section 30. The proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured to have mechanical properties that accommodate
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -20- significant flexure or bending at a prescribed preferred access angle α1 and provide for the transmission of torque during rotation, without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting of the elongated shaft 16. The proximal flexure zone 32 should accommodate flexure sufficient for the distal end region 20 to advance via a guide catheter into the renal artery without substantially straightening out the guide catheter.
[0099] Angle α1 is defined by the angular deviation that the treatment device 12 must navigate to transition from the aorta (along which the force transmitting section 30 is aligned) and the targeted renal artery (along which the distal end region 20 is aligned) (this is also shown in Fig. 6B). This is the angle that the proximal flexure zone 32 must approximate to align the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 with the targeted renal artery, while the force transmitting section 30 of the elongated shaft 16 remains aligned with the native axis of the aorta (as Fig. 6B shows). The more tortuous a vessel, the greater bend the proximal flexure zone 32 will need to make for the distal end region of the treatment device to access the renal artery and the smaller the angle α1.
[00100] The proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured to possess mechanical properties that accommodate significant, abrupt flexure or bending at the access angle α1 near the junction of the aorta and the renal artery. Due to its size, configuration, and mechanical properties, the proximal flexure zone 32 must resolve these flexure or bending forces without fracture, collapse, distortion, or significant twisting. The resolution of these flexure or bending forces by the proximal flexure zone 32 makes it possible for the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 to gain entry along the intravascular path 14 into a targeted left or right renal artery.
[00101] The proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured in length L2 to be less than length L1 (see Fig. 7A). That is because the distance between the femoral access site and the junction of the aorta and renal artery (typically approximating about 40 cm to about 55 cm) is generally greater than the length of a renal artery between the aorta and the most distal treatment site along the length of the renal artery, which is typically about 4 cm to about 6 cm. The preferred effective length L2 can be derived from textbooks of human anatomy, augmented with a caregiver's
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -21 - knowledge of the site generally or as derived from prior analysis of the particular morphology of the targeted site.
[00102] Desirably, the length L2 is selected to make it possible to rest a portion of the proximal flexure zone 32 partially in the aorta at or near the length L1 , as well as rest the remaining portion of the proximal flexure zone 32 partially within the renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows). In this way, the proximal flexure zone 32 defines a transitional bend that is supported and stable within the vasculature.
[00103] As will be described in greater detail later, and as shown in Fig. 6B, the length L2 of the proximal flexure zone 32 desirably does not extend the full length of the targeted length of the renal artery. That is because the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 desirably includes one or more additional flexure zones, distal to the proximal flexure zone 32 (toward the substance of the kidney), to accommodate other different functions important to the therapeutic objectives of the treatment device 12. As will be described later, the ability to transmit torque through the proximal flexure zone 32 makes it possible to rotate the thermal heating device to properly position the thermal heating element within the renal artery for treatment.
[00104] In terms of axial and torsional stiffness, the mechanical properties of proximal flexure zone 32 can and desirably do differ from the mechanical properties of the force transmitting section 30. This is because the proximal flexure zone 32 and the force transmitting region serve different functions while in use. Alternatively, the mechanical properties of proximal flexure zone 32 and force transmitting section 30 can be similar.
[00105] The force transmitting section 30 serves in use to transmit axial load and torque over a relatively long length (L1 ) within the vascular pathway. In contrast, the proximal flexure zone 32 needs to transmit axial load and torque over a lesser length L2 proximate to or within a respective renal artery. Importantly, the proximal flexure zone 32 must abruptly conform to an access angle α1 near the junction of the aorta and the respective renal artery, without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting. This is a function that the force transmitting zone need not perform. Accordingly, the proximal flexure zone 32 is sized and configured to be less stiff and to possess greater flexibility than the force transmitting section 30.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -22- [00106] The desired magnitude of axial stiffness, rotational stiffness, and flexibility for the proximal flexure zone 32 can be obtained by selection of constituent material or materials to provide a desired elastic modulus (expressed, e.g., in terms of a Young's Modulus (E)) indicative of flexibility, as well as selecting the construct and configuration of the force transmitting section, e.g., in terms of its interior diameter, outer diameter, wall thickness, and structural features, including cross- sectional dimensions and geometry. Representative examples will be described in greater detail later.
[00107] Although it is desirable that the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal flexure zone 32 have stiffness and flexibility properties that are unique to their respective functions, it is possible that the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal flexure zone 32 comprise the same materials, size and geometric configuration such that the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal flexure zone 32 constitute the same section.
3. Intermediate Flexure Zone
[00108] As shown in Figs. 7A, 7B, and 7C, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 may also include, distal to the proximal flexure zone 32, a second or intermediate flexure zone 34. The thermal heating element 24 may be supported by the intermediate flexure zone 34.
[00109] The intermediate flexure zone 34 is sized, configured, and has the mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent of the proximal flexure zone 32, at a preferred contact angle α2, without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting. The intermediate flexure zone 34 should also accommodate flexure sufficient for the distal end region 20 to advance via a guide catheter into the renal artery without straightening out the guide catheter.
[00110] The preferred contact angle α2 is defined by the angle through which the thermal heating element 24 can be radially deflected within the renal artery to establish contact between the thermal heating element 24 and an inner wall of the respective renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows). The size of the contact angle α2 and the intermediate flexure zone length L3 preferably are based on the native inside
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -23- diameter of the respective renal artery where the thermal heating element 24 rests, which may vary between about 2 mm and about 10 mm. It is most common for the diameter of the renal artery to vary between about 3 mm and about 7 mm.
[00111] The intermediate flexure zone 34 extends from the proximal flexure zone 32 for a length L3 into the targeted renal artery (see Fig. 6B). Desirably, the length L3 is selected, taking into account the length L2 of the proximal flexure zone 32 that extends into the renal artery, as well as the anatomy of the respective renal artery, to actively place the thermal heating element 24 (carried at the end of the distal end region 20) at or near the targeted treatment site (as Fig. 6B shows). The length L3 can be derived, taking the length L2 into account, from textbooks of human anatomy, together with a caregiver's knowledge of the site generally or as derived from prior analysis of the particular morphology of the targeted site. In a representative embodiment, L2 is about 9 cm and L3 is about 5 mm to about 15 mm. In certain embodiments, particularly for treatments in relatively long blood vessels, L3 can be as long as about 20 mm. In another representative embodiment, and as described later in greater detail, L3 is about 12.5 mm.
[00112] As Fig. 7A shows, the intermediate flexure zone 34 is desirably sized and configured in length L3 to be less than length L2. This is because, in terms of length, the distance required for actively deflecting the thermal heating element 24 into contact with a wall of the renal artery is significantly less than the distance required for bending the elongated shaft 16 to gain access from the aorta into the renal artery. Thus, the length of the renal artery is occupied in large part by the intermediate flexure zone 34 and not as much by the proximal flexure zone 32.
[00113] When the catheter is outside the patient and the intermediate flexure zone 34 is in a substantially straight, undeflected configuration, angle α2 (as shown in Fig. 7C) is approximately 180°. Upon full deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34, the angle α2 is reduced to anywhere between about 45° and 180°. In a representative embodiment, upon full deflection angle α2 is about 75° to about 135°. In another representative embodiment, upon full deflection angle α2 is about 90°.
[00114] In the deflected configuration of Fig. 7C, the intermediate flexure zone 34 comprises a radius of curvature RoC. In embodiments where the curvature of
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -24- intermediate flexure zone 34 does not vary or is consistent along the length L3, the length L3 and the contact angle α2 may define the radius of curvature RoC. It should be understood that the curvature of intermediate flexure zone 34, and thereby the radius of curvature RoC of the intermediate flexure zone, alternatively may vary along the length L3.
[00115] In such embodiments where the curvature does not vary, the length L3 may define a fraction (180° - α2)/360° of the circumference C of a circle with an equivalent radius of curvature RoC. Thus, the circumference of such an equivalent circle is:
C = — — x L3 = 2π x RoC (1 )
(180° -α2)
[00116] Solving for the radius of curvature RoC:
BoC= 360° X " (2)
2π x (180° -α2)
[00117] Thus, in a representative embodiment of intermediate flexure zone 34 where the curvature of the intermediate flexure zone does not vary along the length L3, where the length L3 is about 5mm to about 20mm, and where the angle α2 is about 75° to about 135°, the radius of curvature RoC is about 3mm to about 25mm. In a representative embodiment of intermediate flexure zone 34 where the curvature of the intermediate flexure zone does not vary along the length L3, where the length L3 is about 12.5mm, and where the angle α2 is about 75° to about 135°, the radius of curvature RoC is about 7mm to about 16mm. In a representative embodiment of intermediate flexure zone 34 where the curvature of the intermediate flexure zone does not vary along the length L3, where the length L3 is about 12.5mm, and where the angle α2 is about 90°, the radius of curvature RoC is about 8mm.
[00118] As will be apparent, Equation (2) may be rearranged such that the length L3 and the radius of curvature RoC define the angle α2. Furthermore, Equation (2) may be rearranged such that the radius of curvature RoC and the angle α2 define the length L3. Thus, in embodiments where the curvature of intermediate flexure zone 34 does not vary along the length L3, any one of the length L3, angle α2 and radius of curvature RoC may be specified by specifying the other two variables.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -25- [00119] In the deflected configuration of Fig. 7C, the intermediate flexure zone 34 locates the thermal heating element 24 at a dimension Y from a longitudinal axis A of the intermediate flexure zone 34 just distal of the proximal flexure zone 32. The dimension Y can vary from about 2mm to about 20mm. In some configurations, the dimension Y can be from about 5mm to about 15mm.
[00120] By way of example, the average diameter of a human renal artery is from about 3mm to about 8mm. Accordingly, if the distal end of the proximal flexure zone 32 were positioned adjacent to a wall of an artery having an 8mm diameter, the intermediate flexure zone 34 would be capable of deflection sufficient for the thermal heating element 24 to contact the opposite wall of the artery. In other embodiments, however, the dimension Y may have a different value and may be oversized to facilitate contact in a straight or curved vessel. The intermediate flexure zone 34 is also configured to locate the thermal heating element 24 at a dimension X from a distal end of the proximal flexure zone 32. The dimension X can vary, e.g., based on the dimension Y and the length L3.
[00121] As Fig. 7C shows, having proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can, in use, be placed into a complex, multi-bend structure 36. The complex, multi-bend structure 36 comprises one deflection region at the access angle α1 over a length L2 (the proximal flexure zone 32) and a second deflection region at the contact angle α2 over a length L3 (the intermediate flexure zone 34). In the complex, multi-bend, both L2 and L3 and angle α1 and angle α2 can differ. This is because the angle α1 and length L2 are specially sized and configured to gain access from an aorta into a respective renal artery through a femoral artery access point, and the angle α2 and length L3 are specially sized and configured to align a thermal heating element 24 with an interior wall inside the renal artery.
[00122] In the illustrated embodiment (see, e.g., Fig. 7C), the intermediate flexure zone 34 is sized and configured to allow a caregiver to remotely deflect the intermediate flexure zone 34 within the renal artery, to radially position the thermal heating element 24 into contact with an inner wall of the renal artery.
[00123] In the illustrated embodiment, a control mechanism is coupled to the intermediate flexure zone 34. The control mechanism includes a control wire 40
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -26- attached to the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone 34 (a representative embodiment is shown in Figs. 12B and 12C and will be described in greater detail later). The control wire 40 is passed proximally through the elongated shaft 16 and coupled to an actuator 260 on the handle assembly 200. Operation of the actuator 260 (e.g., by the caregiver pulling proximally on or pushing forward the actuator 260) pulls the control wire 40 back to apply a compressive and bending force to the intermediate flexure zone 34 (as Figs. 7C and 12C show) resulting in bending. The compressive force in combination with the optional directionally biased stiffness (described further below) of the intermediate flexure zone 34 deflects the intermediate flexure zone 34 and, thereby, radially moves the thermal heating element 24 toward an interior wall of the renal artery (as Fig. 6B shows).
[00124] Desirably, as will be described in greater detail later, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can be sized and configured to vary the stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone 34 about its circumference. The variable circumferential stiffness imparts preferential and directional bending to the intermediate flexure zone 34 (i.e., directionally biased stiffness). In response to operation of the actuator 260, the intermediate flexure zone 34 may be configured to bend in a single preferential direction. Representative embodiments exemplifying this feature will be described in greater detail later.
[00125] The compressive and bending force and resulting directional bending from the deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 has the consequence of altering the axial stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone. The actuation of the control wire 40 serves to increase the axial stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone.
[00126] In terms of axial and torsional stiffnesses, the mechanical properties of intermediate flexure zone 34 can, and desirably do, differ from the mechanical properties of the proximal flexure zone 32. This is because the proximal flexure zone 32 and the intermediate flexure zone 34 serve different functions while in use.
[00127] The proximal flexure zone 32 transmits axial load and torque over a longer length (L2) than the intermediate flexure zone 34 (L3). Importantly, the intermediate flexure zone 34 is also sized and configured to be deflected remotely within the renal artery by the caregiver. In this arrangement, less resistance to deflection is desirable. This is a function that the proximal flexure zone 32 need not
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -27- perform. Accordingly, the intermediate flexure zone 34 is desirably sized and configured to be less stiff (when the control wire 40 is not actuated) and, importantly, to possess greater flexibility than the proximal flexure zone 32 in at least one plane of motion.
[00128] Still, because the intermediate flexure zone 34, being distal to the proximal flexure zone 32, precedes the proximal flexure zone 32 through the access angle access angle α1 , the intermediate flexure zone 34 also includes mechanical properties that accommodate its flexure or bending at the preferred access angle α1 , without fracture, collapse, substantial distortion, or significant twisting of the elongated shaft 16.
[00129] The desired magnitude of axial stiffness, rotational stiffness, and flexibility for the intermediate flexure zone 34 can be obtained by selection of constituent material or materials to provide a desired elastic modulus (expressed, e.g., in terms of a Young's Modulus (E)) indicative of flexibility, as well as by selecting the construct and configuration of the intermediate flexure zone 34, e.g., in terms of its interior diameter, outer diameter, wall thickness, and structural features, including cross-sectional dimensions and geometry. Representative examples will be described in greater detail later. Axial stiffness, torsional stiffness, and flexibility are properties that can be measured and characterized in conventional ways.
[00130] As before described, both the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 desirably include the mechanical properties of axial stiffness sufficient to transmit to the thermal heating element 24 an axial locating force. By pulling back on the handle assembly 200, axial forces are transmitted by the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 to retract the thermal heating element 24 in a proximal direction (away from the kidney) within the renal artery. Likewise, by pushing forward on the handle assembly 200, axial forces are transmitted by the force transmitting section 30 and the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 to advance the thermal heating element 24 in a distal direction (toward the kidney) within the renal artery. Thus, proximal retraction of the distal end region 20 and thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery can be accomplished by the caregiver by manipulating the handle assembly 200 or shaft from outside the intravascular path 14.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -28- [00131] As before described, both the proximal and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34 also desirably include torsional strength properties that will allow the transmission of sufficient rotational torque to rotate the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 such that the thermal heating element 24 is alongside the circumference of the blood vessel wall when the intermediate flexure zone 34 is deflected. By pulling or pushing on the actuator to deflect the thermal heating element 24 such that it achieves vessel wall contact, and then rotating the force transmitting section 30 and, with it, the first and intermediate flexure zones 32 and 34, the thermal heating element 24 can be rotated in a circumferential path within the renal artery. As described later, this rotating feature enables the clinical operator to maintain vessel wall contact as the thermal heating element 24 is being relocated to another treatment site. By maintaining wall contact in between treatments, the clinical operator is able to achieve wall contact in subsequent treatments with higher certainty in orientations with poor visualization.
4. Distal Flexure Zone
[00132] As Figs. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D show, the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can also include, distal to the intermediate flexure zone 34, a third or distal flexure zone 44. In this arrangement, the length L3 of the intermediate flexure zone 34 may be shortened by a length L4, which comprises the length of the distal flexure zone 44. In this arrangement, the thermal heating element 24 is carried at the end of the distal flexure zone 44. In effect the distal flexure zone 44 buttresses the thermal heating element 24 at the distal end of distal end region 20.
[00133] As Fig. 7D shows, the distal flexure zone 44 is sized, configured, and has the mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent of the proximal flexure zone 32 and the intermediate flexure zone 34, at a preferred treatment angle α3. The distal flexure zone 44 should also accommodate flexure sufficient for the distal end region 20 to advance via a guide catheter into the renal artery without straightening out the guide catheter or causing injury to the blood vessel. The treatment angle α3 provides for significant flexure about the axis of the distal end region 20 (a representative embodiment is shown in Fig. 15C). Not under the direct control of the physician, flexure at the distal flexure zone occurs in response to contact between the thermal heating element 24 and
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -29- wall tissue occasioned by the radial deflection of the thermal heating element 24 at the intermediate flexure zone 34 (see Fig. 6B). Passive deflection of the distal flexure zone provides the clinical operator with visual feedback via fluoroscopy or other angiographic guidance of vessel wall contact. Additionally, the distal flexure zone desirably orients the region of tissue contact along a side of the thermal heating element 24, thereby increasing the area of contact. The distal flexure zone 44 also biases the thermal heating element 24 against tissue, thereby stabilizing the thermal heating element 24.
[00134] The function of the distal flexure zone 44 provides additional benefits to the therapy. As actuation of the control wire 40 increases the axial stiffness of the intermediate flexure zone 34, the distal flexure zone effectively reduces the contact force between the thermal heating element 24 and the vessel wall. By relieving or reducing this contact force, the distal flexure zone minimizes the chance of mechanical injury to the vessel wall and avoids excessive contact between the thermal heating element and vessel wall (see discussion of active surface area).
[00135] As Fig. 7A shows, the distal flexure zone 44 is desirably sized and configured in length L4 to be less than length L3. This is because, in terms of length, the distance required for orienting and stabilizing the thermal heating element 24 in contact with a wall of the renal artery is significantly less than the distance required for radially deflecting the thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery. In some embodiments, length L4 can be as long as about 1 cm. In other embodiments, the length L4 is from about 2 mm to about 5 mm. In one representative embodiment, the length L4 is about 5 mm. In another representative embodiment, the length L4 is about 2 mm.
[00136] The mechanical properties of distal flexure zone 44 and the intermediate flexure zone 34 in terms of axial stiffness, torsional stiffness, and flexibility can be comparable. However, the distal flexure zone 44 can be sized and configured to be less stiff and, importantly, to possess greater flexibility than the intermediate flexure zone 34.
[00137] In the embodiment just described (and as shown in Fig. 7D), the distal end region 20 may comprise a proximal flexure zone 32, an intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal flexure zone 44. The proximal, intermediate and distal flexure
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -30- zones function independent from each other, so that the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 can, in use, be placed into a more compound, complex, multi- bend structure 36. The compound, complex, multi-bend structure 36 comprises a proximal deflection region at the access angle α1 over a length L2 (the proximal flexure zone 32); an intermediate deflection region at the contact angle α2 over a length L3 (the intermediate flexure zone 34); and a distal deflection region at the treatment angle α3 over a length L4 (the distal flexure zone 44). In the compound, complex, multi-bend structure 36, all lengths L2, L3, and L4 and all angles α1 , α2, and α3 can differ. This is because the angle α1 and length L2 are specially sized and configured to gain access from an aorta into a respective renal artery through a femoral artery access point; the angle α2 and length L3 are specially sized and configured to align a thermal heating element 24 element with an interior wall inside the renal artery; and the angle α3 and length L4 are specially sized and configured to optimize surface contact between tissue and the thermal heating element/heat transfer element.
[00138] The composite length of L2, L3 and L4 of the proximal, intermediate and distal flexure zones, respectively, of the distal end region 20, along with the length L1 of the force transmitting section 30 and the length of the thermal heating element 24 (i.e., the composite length equal to L1 +L2+L3+L4 + the length of the thermal heating element), specifies a working length of the elongated shaft 16 of the treatment device 12. In some representative embodiments, this working length is about 40 cm to about 125 cm. In a representative embodiment where no guide catheter is used, then this working length may be about 40 cm to about 50 cm. If, alternatively, a 55 cm length guide catheter is used, then this working length may be about 70 cm to about 80 cm. If a 90 cm length guide catheter is used, then this working length may be about 105 cm to about 115 cm.
C. Size and Configuration of the Thermal Heating Element for Achieving Neuromodulation in a Renal Artery
[00139] It is desirable to create multiple focal lesions that are circumferentially spaced along the longitudinal axis of the renal artery. This treatment approach avoids the creation of a full-circle lesion, thereby mitigating and reducing the risk of vessel stenosis, while still providing the opportunity to circumferentially treat the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -31 - renal plexus, which is distributed about the renal artery. It is desirable for each lesion to cover at least 10% of the vessel circumference to increase the probability of affecting the renal plexus. However, it is important that each lesion not be too large (e.g., > 60% of vessel circumference) lest the risk of a stenotic effect increases (or other undesirable healing responses such as thrombus formation or collateral damage). It is also important that each lesion be sufficiently deep to penetrate into and beyond the adventitia to thereby affect the renal plexus.As described in greater detail below, thermal heating element 24 may be delivered to a first treatment site within the renal artery such that the thermal heating element 24 is positioned in contact with an interior wall of the artery for treating the renal plexus (see Fig. 19C). Once positioned within the artery as desired, energy may be delivered via the thermal heating element to create a first focal lesion at this first treatment site (see Fig. 19D). The first focal lesion creates a first treatment zone that is not continuous completely around the circumference of the renal artery in a radial plane or cross- section normal to the wall or to the longitudinal axis of the artery (i.e., the first focal lesion does not extend all the way around the circumference of the vessel wall). As a result, there is a discrete untreated zone about the circumference of the artery in the radial plane of the first treatment zone normal to the longitudinal axis of the artery.
[00140] After formation of the first focal lesion at the first treatment zone, the thermal heating element 24 may be angularly repositioned relative to the renal artery (see Figs. 19E and 19F). This angular repositioning may be achieved, for example, by angularly rotating the elongated shaft 16 of treatment device 12 via handle assembly 200 (see Fig. 16A). In addition to angular repositioning of the thermal heating element 24, the thermal heating element may be repositioned along the lengthwise or longitudinal dimension of the renal artery (see Fig. 19E). This longitudinal repositioning may be achieved, for example, by translating the elongated shaft 16 of treatment device 12 via handle assembly 200, and may occur before, after or concurrent with angular repositioning of the thermal heating element 24.
[00141] Repositioning the thermal heating element 24 in both the longitudinal and angular dimensions places the thermal heating element in contact with the interior wall of the renal artery at a second treatment site for treating the renal plexus
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -32- (see Fig. 19E). Energy then may be delivered via the thermal heating element to form a second focal lesion at this second treatment site, thereby creating a second treatment zone and a second untreated zone (see Fig. 19F).
[00142] As with the first treatment zone created by the first focal lesion, the second treatment zone is not continuous about the complete circumference of the renal artery. However, the first and second treatment zones (as well as the first and second untreated zones) are angularly and longitudinally offset from one another about the angular and lengthwise dimensions of the renal artery, respectively (see FIG. 19G). Superimposing the first and second treatment zones, which are positioned along different cross-sections or radial planes of the renal artery, about a common cross-section provides a composite treatment zone that covers a greater portion of the circumference of the artery than either treatment zone individually. As this composite treatment zone is not continuous (i.e., it is formed from multiple, longitudinally and angularly spaced treatment zones), it is expected that a greater portion of the circumference of the arterial wall may be treated with reduced risk of vessel stenosis, as compared to formation of a single focal lesion covering an equivalent portion of the arterial circumference at a single treatment site (i.e., at a single lengthwise position or about a single cross-section of the renal artery).
[00143] One or more additional focal lesions may be formed at one or more additional angularly and longitudinally spaced treatment sites to created additional angularly and longitudinally spaced treatment zones (see Figs. 19G-19K). In one representative embodiment, superimposition of all or a portion of the treatment zones provides a composite treatment zone that is non-continuous (i.e., that is broken up along the lengthwise dimension or longitudinal axis of the renal artery), yet that is substantially circumferential (i.e., that substantially extends all the way around the circumference of the renal artery over a lengthwise segment of the artery). This superimposed treatment zone beneficially does not create a continuous circumferential lesion along any individual radial plane or cross-section normal to the artery, which may reduce a risk of acute or late stenosis formation, as compared to circumferential treatments that create a continuous circumferential lesion.
[00144] Non-continuous circumferential treatment by positioning thermal heating element(s) at different angular orientations along multiple lengthwise locations may
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -33- preferentially affect anatomical structures that substantially propagate along the lengthwise dimension of the artery. Such anatomical structures can be neural fibers and/or structures that support the neural fibers (e.g., the renal plexus). Furthermore, such non-continuous circumferential treatment may mitigate or reduce potentially undesirable effects induced in structures that propagate about the angular dimension of the artery, such as smooth muscle cells. Were a continuous circumferential lesion alternatively to be formed, the angular or circumferential orientation of the smooth muscle cells relative to the artery may increase a risk of acute or late stenosis.
[00145] In multi-thermal heating element configurations (e.g., multi-electrode configurations), such as in Fig. 6D, multiple non-continuous circumferential treatment zones can be created during a single catheter placement within the renal artery. The multiple thermal heating elements can be spaced and located such that they are longitudinally and angularly spaced apart from one another and such that they create longitudinally offset and angularly opposed or offset treatment zones. Retraction and rotation of the treatment device 12 can reposition the thermal heating elements to create additional longitudinally and angularly separated treatment zones, thereby allowing the practitioner the ability to create multiple treatment zones per catheter placement and several treatment zones via only two catheter placements.
[00146] In some embodiments, the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 may comprise a helical deflected configuration with multiple thermal heating elements positioned along its length. When positioned in the helical deflected configuration within a renal artery, the multiple thermal heating elements 24 may be spaced circumferentially along the longitudinal length of the distal end region in contact with the wall of the artery. In some embodiments, a non-continuous circumferential treatment may be achieved via a single catheter placement without angular or longitudinal repositioning of the distal end region 20.
[00147] As described (and as Fig. 8A shows), the thermal heating element 24 is sized and configured, in use, to contact an internal wall of the renal artery. In the illustrated embodiment (see Fig. 8A), the thermal heating element 24 takes the form of an electrode 46 sized and configured to apply an electrical field comprising
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -34- radiofrequency (RF) energy from the generator 26 to a vessel wall. In the illustrated embodiment, the electrode 46 is operated in a monopolar or unipolar mode. In this arrangement, a return path for the applied RF electric field is established, e.g., by an external dispersive electrode (not shown), also called an indifferent electrode or neutral electrode. The monopolar application of RF electric field energy serves to ohmically or resistively heat tissue in the vicinity of the electrode 46. The application of the RF electrical field thermally injures tissue. The treatment objective is to thermally induce neuromodulation (e.g., necrosis, thermal alteration or ablation) in the targeted neural fibers. The thermal injury forms a lesion in the vessel wall, which is shown, e.g., in Fig. 9B.
[00148] The active surface area of contact (ASA) between the thermal heating element 24 or electrode 46 and the vessel wall has great bearing on the efficiency and control of the transfer of a thermal energy field across the vessel wall to thermally affect targeted neural fibers in the renal plexus (RP). The active surface area of the thermal heating element 24 and electrode 46 is defined as the energy transmitting area of the element 24 or electrode 46 that can be placed in intimate contact against tissue. Too much contact between the thermal heating element and the vessel wall may create unduly high temperatures at or around the interface between the tissue and the thermal heating element, thereby creating excessive heat generation at this interface. This excessive heat can create a lesion that is circumferentially too large. This can also lead to undesirable thermal damage at the vessel wall. In addition to potentially causing stenotic injury, this undesirable thermal damage can cause tissue desiccation (i.e., dehydration) which reduces the thermal conductivity of the tissue, thereby potentially creating a lesion that is too shallow to reach the neural fibers. Too little contact between the thermal heating element and the vessel wall may result in superficial heating of the vessel wall, thereby creating a lesion that is too small (e.g., < 10% of vessel circumference) and/or too shallow.
[00149] While the active surface area (ASA) of the thermal heating element 24 and electrode 46 is important to creating lesions of desirable size and depth, the ratio between the active surface area (ASA) and total surface area (TSA) of the thermal heating element 24 and electrode 46 is also important. The ASA to TSA ratio influences lesion formation in two ways: (1 ) the degree of resistive heating via
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -35- the electric field, and (2) the effects of blood flow or other convective cooling elements such as injected saline. As discussed above, the RF electric field causes lesion formation via resistive heating of tissue exposed to the electric field. The higher the ASA to TSA ratio (i.e., the greater the contact between the electrode and tissue), the greater the resistive heating. As discussed in greater detail below, the flow of blood over the exposed portion of the electrode (TSA - ASA) provides conductive and convective cooling of the electrode, thereby carrying excess thermal energy away from the interface between the vessel wall and electrode. If the ratio of ASA to TSA is too high (e.g., 50%), resistive heating of the tissue can be too aggressive and not enough excess thermal energy is being carried away, resulting in excessive heat generation and increased potential for stenotic injury, thrombus formation and undesirable lesion size. If the ratio of ASA to TSA is too low (e.g., 10%), then there is too little resistive heating of tissue, thereby resulting in superficial heating and smaller and shallower lesions.
[00150] Various size constraints for the thermal heating element 24 may be imposed for clinical reasons by the maximum desired dimensions of the guide catheter, as well as by the size and anatomy of the renal artery itself. Typically, the maximum outer diameter (or cross-sectional dimension for non-circular cross- section) of the electrode 46 comprises the largest diameter encountered along the length of the elongated shaft 16 distal to the handle assembly 200. Thus, the outer diameters of the force transmitting section 30 and proximal, intermediate and distal flexure zones 32, 34, and 44 are equal to or (desirably) less than the maximum outer diameter of the electrode 46.
[00151] In a representative embodiment shown in Fig. 8A, the electrode 46 takes the form of a right circular cylinder, possessing a length L5 that is greater than its diameter. The electrode 46 further desirably includes a distal region that is rounded to form an atraumatic end surface 48. In the representative embodiment shown in Fig. 8B, the electrode 46 is spherical in shape. The spherical shape, too, presents an atraumatic surface to the tissue interface.
[00152] As shown in Figs. 8A and 8B, the angle α3 and length L4 of the distal flexure zone 44 are specially sized and configured, given the TSA of the respective electrode, to optimize an active surface area of contact between tissue and the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -36- respective electrode 46 (ASA). The angle α3 and the length L4 of the distal flexure zone 44 make it possible to desirably lay at least a side quadrant 50 of the electrode 46 against tissue (see Fig. 8C), though it should be understood that the electrode 46 does not necessarily need to be positioned with its side quadrant 50 against tissue prior to power delivery. In a representative embodiment, the active surface area of the electrode 46 contacting tissue (ASA) can be expressed as ASA > 0.25 TSA and ASA < 0.50 TSA.
[00153] An ASA to TSA ratio of over 50% may be effective with a reduced power delivery profile. Alternatively, a higher ASA to TSA ratio can be compensated for by increasing the convective cooling of the electrode that is exposed to blood flow. As discussed further below, this could be achieved by injecting cooling fluids such as chilled saline over the electrode and into the blood stream.
[00154] The stiffnesses of each of the intermediate and distal flexure zones 34 and 44 are also selected to apply via the electrode a stabilizing force that positions the electrode 46 in substantially secure contact with the vessel wall tissue. This stabilizing force also influences the amount of wall contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio). With greater stabilizing force, the thermal heating element has more wall contact and with less stabilizing force, less wall contact is achieved. Additional advantages of the stabilizing force include, (1 ) softening the contact force between the distal end 20 and vessel wall to minimize risk of mechanical injury to vessel wall, (2) consistent positioning of the electrode 46 flat against the vessel wall, and (3) stabilizing the electrode 46 against the vessel wall. The stabilizing force also allows the electrode to return to a neutral position after the electrode is removed from contact with the wall.
[00155] As previously discussed, for clinical reasons, the maximum outer diameter (or cross-sectional dimension) of the electrode 46 is constrained by the maximum inner diameter of the guide catheter through which the elongated shaft 16 is to be passed through the intravascular path 14. Assuming that an 8 French guide catheter 94 (which has an inner diameter of approximately 0.091 inches) is, from a clinical perspective, the largest desired catheter to be used to access the renal artery, and allowing for a reasonable clearance tolerances between the electrode 46 and the guide catheter, the maximum diameter of the electrode 46 is constrained to
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -37- about 0.085 inches. In the event a 6 French guide catheter is used instead of an 8 French guide catheter, then the maximum diameter of the electrode 46 is constrained to about 0.070 inches. In the event a 5 French guide catheter is used, then maximum diameter of the electrode 46 is constrained to about 0.053 inches. Based upon these constraints and the aforementioned power delivery considerations, the electrode 46 desirably has a maximum outer diameter of from about 0.049 to about 0.051 inches. The electrode 46 also desirably has a minimum outer diameter of about 0.020 inches to provide sufficient cooling and lesion size. In some embodiments, the electrode 46 (i.e., the thermal heating element 24) may have a length of about 1 mm to about 3 mm.
[00156] While it may be possible to provide a catheter apparatus or device having multiple electrodes at or proximate to the distal end of the apparatus, it is desirable for the catheter apparatus described herein to have only a single electrode at or proximate to the distal end. There are several reasons why a single electrode apparatus may have clinical and/or functional benefits over a multiple electrode apparatus. For example, as indicated below, an electrode with a relatively large surface area may create larger, more effective lesions via increased energy delivery and higher power since blood flow carries away excess heat and effectively cools the electrode. As discussed above, the maximum diameter/crossing profile of the electrode is constrained by the inner diameter of the guide catheter through which the electrode is delivered. It would be difficult for a multiple electrode apparatus to have electrodes that are as large as a single electrode at the distal end of the apparatus since the crossing profile of the multiple electrodes would have to take into account the diameter of the apparatus shaft. Attempts to design an apparatus having multiple electrodes that individually approach the surface area of a single electrode at the distal end are expected to increase complexity and cost. Additionally, multiple electrode arrangements can also increase stiffness of the apparatus, which may not only compromise the deliverability of the apparatus, but also increase risk of injury to the blood vessels. For example, a catheter apparatus that is too stiff would not be able to make the significant bend that is necessary to access a renal artery from the abdominal aorta.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 [00157] Not only may delivery to and through a tortuous blood vessel, such as a renal artery, be difficult with a multiple electrode apparatus, but placement and use within a tortuous blood vessel may also be challenging. Since vascular anatomy may vary significantly because of tortuosity and the unpredictable location of vessel branches and vessel disease (e.g., atherosclerosis) successful delivery and placement of an apparatus can be very complicated with multiple electrodes. Additionally, it would be very difficult to ensure proper wall contact for all electrodes due to the variable anatomy of the vessel where treatment is to be administered. Although sensors and software could be developed and implemented to address some of these issues, it would increase the cost of the system and increase complexity for the user. Hence, a single electrode apparatus such as that described herein may be more effective than a multiple electrode apparatus, particularly in tortuous blood vessels where there is a high degree of anatomic variability.
D. Applying Energy to Tissue Via the Thermal Heating Element
[00158] Referring back to Fig. 5, in the illustrated embodiment, the generator 26 may supply to the electrode 46 a pulsed or continuous RF electric field. Although a continuous delivery of RF energy is desirable, the application of thermal energy in pulses may allow the application of relatively higher energy levels (e.g., higher power), longer or shorter total duration times, and/or better controlled intravascular renal neuromodulation therapy. Pulsed energy may also allow for the use of a smaller electrode.
[00159] The thermal therapy may be monitored and controlled, for example, via data collected with one or more temperature sensors (e.g., thermocouples, thermistors, etc.), impedance sensors, pressure sensors, optical sensors, flow sensors, chemical sensors or other sensors 52 (see Fig. 9A), which may be incorporated into or on electrode 46 or in/on adjacent areas on the distal end region 20. Additionally or alternatively, various microsensors can be used to acquire data corresponding to the thermal heating element, the vessel wall and/or the blood flowing across the thermal heating element. For example, arrays of micro thermocouples and/or impedance sensors can be implemented to acquire data along the thermal heating element or other parts of the treatment device. Sensor data can be acquired or monitored prior to, simultaneous with, or after the delivery of
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -39- energy or in between pulses of energy, when applicable. The monitored data may be used in a feedback loop to better control therapy, e.g., to determine whether to continue or stop treatment, and it may facilitate controlled delivery of an increased or reduced power or a longer or shorter duration therapy.
[00160] Non-target tissue may be protected by blood flow (F) within the respective renal artery as a conductive and/or convective heat sink that carries away excess thermal energy. For example (as Figs. 9A and 9B show), since blood flow (F) is not blocked by the elongated shaft 16 and the electrode 46 it carries, the native circulation of blood in the respective renal artery serves to remove excess thermal energy from the non-target tissue and the thermal heating element. The removal of excess thermal energy by blood flow also allows for treatments of higher power, where more energy can be delivered to the target tissue as thermal energy is carried away from the electrode and non-target tissue. In this way, intravascularly- delivered thermal energy heats target neural fibers located proximate to the vessel wall to modulate the target neural fibers, while blood flow (F) within the respective renal artery protects non-target tissue of the vessel wall from excessive or undesirable thermal injury. When energy is delivered in pulses, the time interval between delivery of thermal energy pulses may facilitate additional convective or other cooling of the non-target tissue of the vessel wall compared to applying an equivalent magnitude or duration of continuous thermal energy.
[00161] In addition, or as an alternative, to utilizing blood flow (F) as a heat sink, a thermal fluid may be injected, infused, or otherwise delivered into the vessel to remove excess thermal energy and protect the non-target tissues. The thermal fluid may, for example, comprise a saline or other biocompatible fluid. The thermal fluid may, for example, be injected through the treatment device 12 via an infusion lumen and/or port (not shown) or through a guide catheter at a location upstream from an energy delivery element, or at other locations relative to the tissue for which protection is sought. The use of a thermal fluid may allow for the delivery of increased/higher power, smaller electrode size and/or reduced treatment time.
[00162] Although many of the embodiments described herein pertain to electrical systems configured for the delivery of RF energy, it is contemplated that the desired treatment can be can be accomplished by other means, e.g., by coherent or
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -40- incoherent light; heated or cooled fluid; microwave; ultrasound (including high intensity focused ultrasound); diode laser; a tissue heating fluid; or cryogenic fluid.
III. Representative Embodiments
A. First Representative Embodiment (Proximal, Intermediate, and Distal Flexure Zones with Distally Carried Thermal Heating Element 24)
[00163] Figs. 1OA to 15H show a representative embodiment of an elongated shaft 16 that includes a proximal force transmitting section 30, as well as proximal, intermediate and distal flexure zones 32, 34, and 44, having the physical and mechanical features described above. In this embodiment, the thermal heating element 24 is carried distally of the distal flexure zone 44 (see, e.g., Fig. 11A).
1. Force Transmitting Section
[00164] In the illustrated embodiment, as shown in Figs. 10A and 10B, the proximal force transmitting section 30 comprises a first elongated and desirably tubular structure, which can take the form of, e.g., a first tubular structure 54. The first tubular structure 54 is desirably a hypo tube that is made of a metal material, e.g. of stainless steel, or a shape memory alloy, e.g., nickel titanium (a.k.a., nitinol or NiTi), to possess the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness, as already described, for the force transmitting section 30. As already described, the force transmitting section 30 comprises the most stiff section along the elongated shaft 16, to facilitate axially movement of the elongated shaft 16, as well as rotational manipulation of the elongated shaft 16 within the intravascular path 14. Alternatively, the first tubular structure 54 may comprise a hollow coil, hollow cable, solid cable (w/ embedded wires), a braided or braid reinforced shaft, a coil reinforced polymer shaft, a metal/polymer composite, etc.
[00165] The stiffness is a function of material selection as well as structural features such as interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, geometry and other features that are made by micro-engineering, machining, cutting and/or skiving the hypo tube material to provide the desired axial and torsional stiffness characteristics. For example, the elongated shaft can be a hypo tube that is laser cut to various shapes and cross-sectional geometries to achieve the desired functional properties.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -41 - [00166] When the first tubular structure 54 is made from an electrically conductive metal material, the first tubular structure 54 includes a sheath 56 or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material or materials, which is placed over the outer diameter of the underlying tubular structure. The polymer material can also be selected to possess a desired durometer (expressing a degree of stiffness or lack thereof) to contribute to the desired overall stiffness of the first tubular structure 54. Candidate materials for the polymer material include polyethylene terephthalate (PET); Pebax® material; nylon; polyurethane, Grilamid® material or combinations thereof. The polymer material can be laminated, dip- coated, spray-coated, or otherwise deposited/attached to the outer diameter of the tube.
2. Proximal Flexure Zone
[00167] As Figs. 11 A, 11 B, and 11 C show, the proximal flexure zone 32 comprises a second elongated and desirably tubular structure, which can take the form of, e.g., a second tubular structure 58. The second tubular structure 58 can be made from the same or different material as the first tubular structure 54. The axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the second tubular structure 58 possesses the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness, as already described, for the proximal flexure zone 32. As already described, the proximal flexure zone 32 may be less stiff and more flexible than the force transmitting section 30, to navigate the severe bend at and prior to the junction of the aorta and respective renal artery. The second tubular structure is desirably a hypo tube, but can alternatively comprise a hollow coil, hollow cable, braided shaft, etc.
[00168] It may be desirable for the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58 to share the same material. In this event, the form and physical features of the second tubular structure 58 may be altered, compared to the first tubular structure 54, to achieve the desired stiffness and flexibility differences. For example, the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the second tubular structure 58 can be tailored to provide the desired axial and torsional stiffness and flexibility characteristics. For example, the second tubular structure 58 can be laser cut along its length to provide a bendable, spring-like structure. Depending on the ease of manufacturability the first and second tubular
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -42- structures may be produced from the same piece of material or from two separate pieces. In the event the first tubular structure and second tubular structure are not of the same material, the outside diameter of the second tubular structure 58 can be less than the outer diameter of first tubular structure 54 (or have a smaller wall thickness) to create the desired differentiation in stiffness between the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58.
[00169] When the second tubular structure 58 is made from an electrically conductive metal material, the second tubular structure 58, like the first tubular structure 54, includes a sheath 60 (see Figs. 11 B and 11 C) or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material or materials, as already described. The sheath 60 or covering can also be selected to possess a desired durometer to contribute to the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the first and second tubular structures 58.
[00170] The second tubular structure 58 can comprise a different material than the first tubular structure 54 to impart the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the first and second tubular structures 58. For example, the second tubular structure 58 can comprise a cobalt-chromium-nickel alloy, instead of stainless steel. Alternatively, the second tubular structure 58 can comprise a less rigid polymer, a braided or braid-reinforced shaft, a coil reinforced polymer shaft, a metal/polymer composite, nitinol or hollow cable-like structure. In addition to material selection, the desired differentiation in stiffness and overall flexibility can be achieved by selection of the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the second tubular structure 58, as already described. Further, a sheath 60 or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material, as above described, can also be placed over the outer diameter of the second tubular structure 58 to impart the desired differentiation between the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58.
3. Intermediate Flexure Zone
[00171] As Figs. 12A, 12B, 12C, and 12D show, the intermediate flexure zone 34 comprises a third elongated and desirably tubular structure, which can take the form of, e.g., a third tubular structure 62. The third tubular structure 62 can be made from
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -43- the same or different material as the first and/or second tubular structures 54 and 58. The axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the third tubular structure 62 possesses the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness, as already described, for the intermediate flexure zone 34. As already described, the intermediate flexure zone 34 may be less stiff and more flexible than the proximal flexure zone 32, to facilitate controlled deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 within the respective renal artery.
[00172] If the second and third tubular structures 58 and 62 share the same material, the form and physical features of the third tubular structure 62 are altered, compared to the second tubular structure 58, to achieve the desired stiffness and flexibility differences. For example, the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the third tubular structure 62 can be tailored to provide the desired axial and torsional stiffness and flexibility characteristics. For example, the third tubular structure 62 can be laser cut along its length to provide a more bendable, more spring-like structure than the second tubular structure 58.
[00173] When the third tubular structure 62 is made from an electrically conductive metal material, the third tubular structure 62 also includes a sheath 64 (see Figs. 12B, 12C, and 12D) or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material or materials, as already descried. The sheath 64 or covering can also be selected to possess a desired durometer to contribute to the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the second and third tubular structure 62s.
[00174] The third tubular structure 62 can comprise a different material than the second tubular structure to impart the desired differentiation in stiffness and flexibility between the second and third tubular structures 62. For example, the third tubular structure 62 can include a Nitinol material, to impart the desired differentiation in stiffness between the second and third tubular structures 58 and 62. In addition to material selection, the desired differentiation in stiffness and overall flexibility can be achieved by selection of the interior diameter, outside diameter, wall thickness, and other engineered features of the third tubular structure 62, as already described.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -44- [00175] For example, in diameter, the outside diameter of the third tubular structure 62 is desirably less than the outer diameter of second tubular structure 58. Reduction of outside diameter or wall thickness influences the desired differentiation in stiffness between the second and third tubular structures 58 and 62.
[00176] As discussed in greater detail above, preferential deflection of the intermediate flexure zone is desirable. This can be achieved by making the third tubular structure 62 less stiff in the desired direction of deflection and/or more stiff opposite the direction of deflection. For example, as shown in Figs. 12B and 12C, the third tubular structure 62 (unlike the second tubular structure 58) can include a laser-cut pattern that includes a spine 66 with connecting ribs 68. The pattern biases the deflection of the third tubular structure 62, in response to pulling on the control wire 40 coupled to the distal end of the third tubular structure 62, toward a desired direction. The control wire 40 is attached to a distal end of the intermediate flexure zone with solder 130. The benefits of preferential deflection within a renal artery have already been described.
[00177] As also shown in Fig. 12D, a flat ribbon material 70 (e.g., Nitinol, stainless steel, or spring stainless steel) can be attached to the third tubular structure 62. When the pulling force is removed from the control wire 40, the flat ribbon, which serves to reinforce the deflectable third tubular structure 62, will straighten out the deflectable third tubular structure 62.
[00178] Further, a sheath 72 (see Figs. 12B, 12C, and 12D) or covering made from an electrically insulating polymer material, as above described, and having a desired durometer can also be placed over the outer diameter of the second tubular structure 58 to impart the desired differentiation between the first and second tubular structures 54 and 58.
[00179] In the embodiment of Figs. 12B-12D, the width of the spine 66 (i.e., the radial arc length of the spine 66 at regions along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62 that do not include ribs 68) affects the relative stiffness of the third tubular structure 62. It should be understood that the width of the spine 66 may be specified to provide the third tubular structure 62 with a desired relative stiffness. Furthermore, the width of the spine 66 may vary along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62, thereby providing the third tubular structure with a varying
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -45- relative stiffness along its length. Such variation in the width of the spine 66 may be gradual, continuous, abrupt, discontinuous, or combinations thereof.
[00180] The width of the ribs 68 (i.e., the distance spanned by each rib along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62), as well as the spacing of the ribs 68 (i.e., the distance spanned by the spine 66 along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular member 62 between adjacent ribs 68), optionally may affect a maximal preferential deflection achievable by the intermediate flexure zone 34 before adjacent ribs 68 contact one another. Such contact between adjacent ribs 68 optionally may define the radius of curvature and/or the angle α2 (see Figs. 7C and 7D) of the intermediate flexure zone 34 under such maximal preferential deflection. It should be understood that the width and/or the spacing of the ribs 68 may be specified as desired to achieve a desired maximal preferential deflection. Furthermore, the width and/or the spacing of the ribs 68 may vary along the longitudinal axis of the third tubular structure 62, thereby providing the intermediate flexure zone 34 with a varying radius of curvature under such maximal preferential deflection. Such variation in the width and/or spacing of the ribs 68 may be gradual, continuous, abrupt, discontinuous, or combinations thereof.
[00181] Preferential deflection from reduced stiffness in the direction of deflection, as described above, can be achieved in a number of additional ways. For example, as Fig. 13B and 13C show, the third tubular structure 62 can comprise a tubular polymer or metal/polymer composite having segments with different stiffnesses D1 and D2, in which D1 >D2 (that is, the segment with D1 is mechanically stiffer than the segment with D2. The third tubular structure 62 can also take the form of an oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer having segments with different stiffnesses D1 and D2, in which D1 >D2 (as shown in Fig. 13C). In either arrangement, the segment having the lower stiffness D2 is oriented on the third tubular structure 62 on the same side as the actuator wire is attached.
[00182] Alternatively, as Figs. 14B and 14C show, the third tubular structure 62 can comprise an eccentric polymer or metal/polymer composite, which can be braided or coiled. The third tubular structure 62 can also take the form of an eccentric oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer (as Fig. 14C shows).
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -46- In either arrangement, the thinner wall segment 76 (less stiff) is oriented on the third tubular structure 62 on the same side as the actuator wire attached.
4. Distal Flexure Zone
[00183] As shown in Figs. 15A to 15H, the distal flexure zone 44 comprises a flexible tubular structure 74. The flexible structure 74 can comprise a metal, a polymer, or a metal/polymer composite. The material and physical features of the flexible structure 74 are selected so that the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the flexible structure 74 is not greater than the axial stiffness and torsional stiffness of the third tubular structure 62. The overall flexibility of the flexible structure 74 is at least equal to and desirably greater than the flexibility of third tubular structure 62 when the third tubular structure has not been deflected by the control wire 40.
[00184] As shown in Fig. 15B, the thermal heating element 24 is carried at the distal end of the flexible structure 74 for placement in contact with tissue along a vessel wall of a respective renal artery.
[00185] The material selected for the flexible structure 74 can be radiopaque or non-radiopaque. For example, a radiopaque material, e.g., stainless steel, platinum, platinum iridium, or gold, can be used to enable visualization and image guidance. When using a non-radiopaque material, the material optionally may be doped with a radiopaque substance, such as barium sulfate, to facilitate visualization and image guidance.
[00186] The configuration of the flexible structure 74 can vary. For example, in the embodiment depicted in Figs. 15B and 15C, the flexible structure 74 comprises a thread 104 encased in, or covered with, a polymer coating or wrapping 110. The thread 104 is routed through a proximal anchor 108, which is attached to the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal anchor 106, which is fixed within or integrated into the heating element 24/electrode 46. The distal anchor 106 may be fixed within the heating element 24/electrode 46 using, e.g., solder. Alternatively, the distal anchor 106 and heating element 24/electrode 46 may fabricated as a single piece or unitary structure.
[00187] Although various types of materials can be used to construct the aforementioned structures, in order to have a flexible structure 74 that securely
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -47- connects to the intermediate flexure zone 34 and the thermal heating element 24, it is desirable for thread 104 to be comprised of Kevlar or similar polymer thread and for the proximal anchor 108 and distal anchor 106 to be comprised of stainless steel. While the coating 110 can be comprised of any electrically insulative material, and particularly those listed later with respect to sheath 80, it is desirable for the structures of the flexible structure 74 to be encased/coated/covered by a low- durometer polymer such as carbothane laminate 110. As shown in Fig. 15C, one or more supply wires 29 may run alongside or within the flexible structure 74. As previously mentioned these wires may provide the thermal heating element 24 with electrical current/energy from the generator 26 and also convey data signals acquired by sensor 52. Also as previously mentioned and depicted in Fig. 15C, the control wire 40 from the handle actuator 260 can be formed into the proximal anchor 108 and attached to the elongated shaft using solder 130.
[00188] One advantage of the above-described configuration of the flexible structure 74 is that the flexible structure 74 creates a region of electrical isolation between the thermal heating element and the rest of the elongated shaft. Both the Kevlar thread 104 and laminate 110 are electrically insulative, thereby providing the supply wire(s) 29 as the sole means for electrical connectivity. Accordingly, the external surface of the flexible structure 74 and distal flexure zone 44 is electrically inactive.
[00189] As shown in Figs. 15D through 15F, the flexible structure 74 allows considerable passive deflection of the distal flexure zone 44 when the thermal heating element 24 is put into contact with the vessel wall. As already described, this flexibility has several potential benefits. Optionally, the flexible structure 74 is not very resilient, i.e., does not provide a significant restoring or straightening moment when deflected. The size and configuration of the flexible structure 74 enables the thermal heating element to deflect in many directions because the distal flexure zone may bend by angle O in any plane through the axis of the distal end region. For treatments within a peripheral blood vessel such as the renal artery, it is desirable that angle O < 90 degrees.
[00190] The thermal heating element 24 desirably may provide omni-directional delivery of power in substantially any or all directions. As the distal flexure zone 44
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -48- passively deflects at a treatment site about an angle Θ appropriate to a given patient's anatomical geometry, any portion of the thermal heating element 24 may be aligned with an interior wall of the renal artery for power delivery to target renal nerves. Blood flow may remove heat during such power delivery, thereby reducing or mitigating a need for shielding or other preferential directing of the delivered power to the target renal nerves that could make the distal flexure zone 44 undesirably stiffer or bulkier. Such omni-directional power delivery without shielding/power directing may facilitate simpler or safer positioning of the thermal heating element 24 at a treatment site, as compared to shielded or directed thermal heating elements, e. g. thermal heating elements comprising a microwave or radioactive power source.
[00191] In alternative embodiments for the distal flexure zone 44, the flexible structure 74 can take the form of a tubular metal coil, cable, braid, polymer or metal/polymer composite, as Fig. 15H shows. Alternatively, the flexible structure 74 can take the form of an oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer, as Fig. 15G shows. In alternate embodiments, the flexible structure 74 may comprise other mechanical structures or systems that allow the thermal heating element 24 to pivot in at least one plane of movement. For example, the flexible structure 74 may comprise a hinge or ball/socket combination.
[00192] The flexible structure 74 as a part of the distal flexure zone can be coupled to the intermediate flexure zone as describe above. Alternatively, in embodiments that do not provide an intermediate flexure zone, the distal flexure zone can be coupled to the proximal flexure zone. Still alternatively, the distal flexure zone can be coupled to an intermediate section comprising an arch wire. For example, Figs. 151 and 15J provide a catheter comprising a shaft 16 and a distal end region 20, wherein the distal end region 20 comprises an intermediate section 34, a distal flexure zone 44 and a thermal heating element 24. More specifically, the catheter may comprise an intermediate section comprising an arch wire 114, a distal flexure zone comprising a flexible structure, and a thermal heating element comprising an electrode 46, wherein the flexible structure is coupled to the arch wire and electrode.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -49- [00193] If the flexible member comprises, in whole or in part, an electrically conductive material, the distal flexure zone 44 desirably includes an outer sheath 80 (see Figs. 15G and 15H) or covering over the flexible structure 74 made from an electrically insulating polymer material. The polymer material also possesses a desired durometer for flexibility of the flexible member (e.g., 25D to 55D).
[00194] Candidate materials for the polymer material include polyethylene terephthalate (PET); Pebax; polyurethane; urethane, carbothane, tecothane, low density polyethylene (LDPE); silicone; or combinations thereof. The polymer material can be laminated, dip-coated, spray-coated, or otherwise deposited/applied over the flexible structure 74. Alternatively, a thin film of the polymer material (e.g., PTFE) can be wrapped about the flexible structure 74. Alternatively, the flexible structure 74 can be inherently insulated, and not require a separate sheath 56 or covering. For example, the flexible member can comprise a polymer-coated coiled wire.
5. Rotation Controller
[00195] As will be discussed later in greater detail, it is desirable to rotate the device within the renal artery after the thermal heating element is in contact with the vessel wall. However, it may be cumbersome and awkward for a clinical practitioner to rotate the entire handle assembly at the proximal end of the device, particularly given the dimensions of the renal anatomy. In one representative embodiment, as shown in Figs. 16A and 16B, the proximal end of the shaft 16 is coupled to the handle assembly 200 by a rotator 230.
[00196] The rotator 230 is mounted by a tab 84 (see Fig. 16B) carried in a circumferential channel 86 formed on the distal end of the handle assembly 200. The rotator 230 can thus be rotated at the distal end of the handle assembly 200 independent of rotation of the handle assembly 200.
[00197] The proximal end of the force transmitting section 30 is attached to a stationary coupling 88 on the rotator 230. Rotation of the rotator 230 (as Fig. 16A shows) thereby rotates the force transmitting section 30, and, with it, the entire elongated shaft 16, without rotation of the handle assembly 200. As Fig. 16A shows, a caregiver is thereby able to hold the proximal portion of the handle
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -50- assembly 200 rotationally stationary in one hand and, with the same or different hand, apply a torsional force to the rotator 230 to rotate the elongated shaft 16. This allows the actuator to remain easily accessed for controlled deflection.
[00198] Since there are cables and wires running from the handle assembly through the shaft of the device (e.g., actuation wire/cable, electrical transmission wire(s), thermocouple wire(s), etc.), it is desirable to limit rotation of the shaft relative to these wires in order to avoid unnecessary entanglement and twisting of these wires. The handle assembly embodiment depicted in Fig. 16C provides a rotational limiting element to address this need. In this embodiment, the rotator 230 includes an axial groove 116, and the distal portion of the handle assembly 200 comprises a fitting interface 118 having a helical channel 120. A ball 122 comprising stainless steel or another metal or a polymer is placed within the fitting interface 118 so that it, upon rotation of the rotator, may simultaneously travel within the helical channel 120 of the fitting interface 118 and along the axial groove 116 of the rotator. When the ball 122 reaches the end of the channel and/or groove, the ball will no longer move and, consequently, the rotator will not be able to rotate any further in that direction.
[00199] The rotator 230 and handle fitting interface 118 can be configured to allow for the optimal number of revolutions for the shaft, given structural or dimensional constraints (e.g., wires). The components of the handle assembly may be configured, for example to allow for two revolutions of the shaft independent of the handle assembly. Limiting rotation of the shaft to the optimal number of revolutions may be achieved, for example, by specifying the linear length of the helical channel 120 as a desired fraction or multiple of the inner circumference of the rotator 230 in the vicinity of the axial groove 116 (e.g., the linear length of helical channel 120 may be about twice the inner circumference of rotator 230 in the vicinity of axial groove 116). Additionally or alternatively, an additional ball 122 (not shown) may be positioned within the axial groove 116 spaced apart from the first ball 122, such that the additional ball travels within the helical channel 120 spaced apart from the first ball. In such an embodiment, the additional ball would limit rotation in one direction when that ball reaches one end of the channel, while the first ball would limit rotation in the other direction when that ball reaches the other end of the channel. In this manner, the two balls would limit rotation of the rotator to an arc
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -51 - length less than would otherwise be provided by the linear length of helical channel 120.
[00200] As has been described and will be described in greater detail later, by intravascular access, the caregiver can manipulate the handle assembly 200 to locate the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 within the respective renal artery. The caregiver can then operate the actuator 260 on the handle assembly 200 (see Fig. 16A) to deflect the thermal heating element 24 about the intermediate flexure zone 34. The caregiver can then operate the rotator 230 on the handle assembly 200 (see Figs. 16A and 16D) to apply a rotational force along the elongated shaft 16. The rotation of the elongated shaft 16 when the intermediate flexure zone 34 is deflected within the respective renal artery rotates the thermal heating element 24 within the respective renal artery, making it easier to achieve contact with the vessel wall and determine whether there is wall contact, particularly in planes where there is poor angiographic visualization.
[00201] In an additional aspect of the disclosed technology, the handle assembly 200 may be configured to minimize operator/caregiver handling of the device while it is within the patient. As shown, for example, in Fig. 16D, in Fig. 23 and in Fig. 24, the handle assembly also comprises one or more surfaces 243 that substantially conform to the surface beneath (e.g., operating table). This surface 243, which is shown to be substantially flat in Fig. 16D, can alternatively be curved, shaped or angled depending on the configuration and/or geometry of the beneath surface. The conforming surface 243 enables the clinical operator to keep the handle assembly 200 stable when the treatment device 12 is within the patient. In order to rotate the device when it is inside the patient, the operator can simply dial the rotator 230 without any need to lift the handle assembly. When the operator desires to retract the device for subsequent treatments, the operator can simply slide the handle assembly along the beneath surface to the next position. Again, this mitigates the risk of injury due to operator error or over handling of the treatment device. Additionally or alternatively, the lower surface can engage the surface underneath using clips, texture, adhesive, etc.
[00202] Additional enhancements to the rotation mechanism disclosed herein include providing tactile and/or visual feedback on the rotational fitting so that the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -52- operator can exercise greater control and care in rotating the device. The rotator 230 can also be selectively locked to the interface, thereby preventing further rotation, if the operator wishes to hold the treatment device in a particular angular position. Another potential enhancement includes providing distance markers along the shaft/handle assembly to enable the operator to gage distance when retracting the treatment device.
B. Second Representative Embodiment (Distal Flexure Zone Comprises a Flexible Active Electrode)
[00203] Figs. 17A and 17B show a representative embodiment of an elongated shaft 16 that includes a proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal flexure zone 44. In this embodiment, the materials, size, and configuration of the proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, and intermediate flexure zone 34 are comparable to the respective counterparts described in the first representative embodiment.
[00204] In this embodiment, however, the distal flexure zone 44 is sized and configured to itself serve as an active, flexible electrode 90. In diameter, the active, flexible electrode 90 is sized and configured to be equal to or greater than the intermediate flexure zone 34. The total surface area TSA of the active, flexible electrode 90 is thereby increased, so that the possible active surface area of the electrode 46 is increased as well.
[00205] Also, in this arrangement, the entire length of the active flexible electrode 90 shares the flexibility properties of the distal flexure zone 44, as previously described. Materials are selected that, in addition to imparting the desired flexibility, are electrically conductive as well. The active electrode 90 is thereby flexible enough along its entire length to conform closely against the vessel wall, thereby further increasing the possible active surface area of the electrode. The active flexible electrode 90 may also more readily deflect away from the vessel wall when engaging the vessel wall head-on, to thereby minimize the forces exerted against the vessel wall as the electrode 90 is placed into side-on relationship with the vessel wall. The active, flexible electrode 90 can thereby be considered more atraumatic.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -53- [00206] In the illustrated embodiment, the active, flexible electrode 90 further desirably includes a distal region that is tapered to form a blunt, atraumatic end surface 48. The end surface 48 can be formed from metal materials by laser, resistive welding, or machining techniques. The end surface 48 can also be formed from polymer materials by bonding, lamination, or insert molding techniques.
C. Third Representative Embodiment (Distal flexure zone Includes Substantially Spherical Active Electrode)
[00207] Figs. 18A and 18B show a representative embodiment of an elongated shaft 16 that includes a proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, and a intermediate flexure zone 34, and a distal flexure zone 44. In this embodiment, the materials, size, and configuration of the proximal force transmitting section 30, proximal flexure zone 32, and intermediate flexure zone 34 are comparable to the respective counterparts in the first and second embodiments.
[00208] In this embodiment, however, the distal flexure zone 44 is sized and configured to carry a substantially spherical or cylindrical active electrode 92 at a location more proximally spaced from its distal end. In this embodiment, the distal flexure zone 44 shares the flexibility characteristics of the distal flexure zone 44, as previously described. In diameter, however, the distal flexure zone 44 is sized and configured to be approximately equal to the intermediate flexure zone 34. In diameter, the spherical active electrode 92 is sized to be larger than the diameter of the distal flexure zone 44. Therefore, flexure of the distal flexure zone 44 can place the spherical electrode 92 into contact with a greater tissue area, thereby increasing the active surface area (ASA) of the electrode.
[00209] In the illustrated embodiment, the distal flexure zone 44 desirably includes a distal region that is tapered to form a blunt, atraumatic end surface 48. The end surface 48 can be formed from metal materials by laser, resistive welding, or machining techniques. The end surface 48 can also be formed from polymer materials by bonding, lamination, or insert molding techniques.
[00210] The spherical electrode 92 can be attached to the distal flexure zone 44 e.g., by spot welding, laser welding, or soldering techniques. The placement of the spherical electrode 92 along the length of the distal flexure zone 44 can vary. It can
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -54- be placed, e.g., in the approximate mid-region of the distal flexure zone 44, or closer to the distal end than the proximal end, or vice versa.
IV. Use of the System
A. Intravascular Delivery, Deflection and Placement of the Treatment Device
[00211] Any one of the embodiments of the treatment devices 12 described herein can be delivered over a guide wire using conventional over-the-wire techniques. When delivered in this manner (not shown), the elongated shaft 16 includes a passage or lumen accommodating passage of a guide wire.
[00212] Alternatively, any one of the treatment devices 12 described herein can be deployed using a conventional guide catheter or pre-curved renal guide catheter 94.
[00213] When using a guide catheter 94 (see Fig. 6A), the femoral artery is exposed and cannulated at the base of the femoral triangle, using conventional techniques. In one exemplary approach, a guide wire (not shown) is inserted through the access site and passed using image guidance through the femoral artery, into the iliac artery and aorta, and into either the left or right renal artery. A guide catheter can be passed over the guide wire into the accessed renal artery. The guide wire is then removed. Alternatively, a renal guide catheter (shown in Fig. 19A), which is specifically shaped and configured to access a renal artery, can be used to avoid using a guide wire. Still alternatively, the treatment device can be routed from the femoral artery to the renal artery using angiographic guidance and without the need of a guide catheter.
[00214] When a guide catheter is used, at least three delivery approaches can be implemented. In one exemplary approach, one or more of the aforementioned delivery techniques can be used to position a guide catheter within the renal artery just distal to the entrance of the renal artery. The treatment device is then routed via the guide catheter into the renal artery. Once the treatment device is properly positioned within the renal artery, the guide catheter is retracted from the renal artery into the abdominal aorta. In this approach, the guide catheter should be sized and
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -55- configured to accommodate passage of the treatment device. For example, a 6 French guide catheter can be used.
[00215] In a second exemplary approach, a first guide catheter is placed at the entrance of the renal artery (with or without a guide wire). A second guide catheter is passed via the first guide catheter (with or without the assistance of a guide wire) into the renal artery. The treatment device is then routed via the second guide catheter into the renal artery. Once the treatment device is properly positioned within the renal artery the second guide catheter is retracted, leaving the first guide catheter at the entrance to the renal artery. In this approach the first and second guide catheters should be sized and configured to accommodate passage of the second guide catheter within the first guide catheter (i.e., the inner diameter of the first guide catheter should be greater than the outer diameter of the second guide catheter). For example, the first guide catheter could be 8 French in size and the second guide catheter could be 5 French in size.
[00216] In a third exemplary approach, and as shown in Fig. 19A, a renal guide catheter 94 is positioned within the abdominal aorta, just proximal to the entrance of the renal artery. As now shown in Fig. 19B, the treatment device 12 as described herein is passed through the guide catheter 94 and into the accessed renal artery. The elongated shaft makes atraumatic passage through the guide catheter 94, in response to forces applied to the force transmitting section 30 through the handle assembly 200. The proximal flexure zone 32 accommodates significant flexure at the junction of the left/right renal arteries and aorta to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery through the guide catheter 94 (as Fig. 19B shows).
[00217] As Fig. 19C shows, the intermediate flexure zone 34 on the distal end portion of the elongated shaft 16 can now be axially translated into the respective renal artery, remotely deflected and/or rotated in a controlled fashion within the respective renal artery to attain proximity to and a desired alignment with an interior wall of the respective renal artery. As Fig. 19C further shows, the distal flexure zone 44 bends to place the thermal energy heating element into contact with tissue on the interior wall.
[00218] As Fig. 19D shows, the complex, multi-bend structure formed by the proximal, intermediate and distal zones 32, 24, and 44 of the distal end region 20 of
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -56- the elongated shaft 16 creates a consistent and reliable active surface area of contact between the thermal heating element 24 and tissue within the respective renal artery (refer back to Fig. 8C). Thermal energy can now be applied through the thermal heating element 24 to induce one or more thermal heating effects on localized regions of tissue along the respective renal artery.
B. Facilitating Contact with the Vessel Wall
[00219] As previously described, the actuation of the control wire 40 to deflect the intermediate flexure zone 32 helps position the thermal heating element 24 in contact with the vessel wall. This is particularly useful when the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 is delivered into the renal artery, as shown in Fig. 19B. Due to the curve and placement of the renal guide catheter 94 and orientation of the treatment device 12, the distal end region 20 of the treatment device is oriented up against the superior region of the vessel wall when first delivered into the renal artery, as shown in Fig. 19B. Once the distal end region is positioned at the most distal portion of the main renal artery, the operator may deflect the intermediate flexure zone 34 via the actuator 260 to position the thermal heating element 24 into contact with the vessel wall at a more inferior location, as shown in Fig. 19C. This deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 establishes wall contact and provides, via the distal flexure zone 44, a stabilizing force between the thermal heating element 24 and vessel wall to position the thermal heating element in contact with the vessel wall. The operator can then initiate treatment at this generally inferior (bottom) location or rotate the treatment device as shown in Fig. 19E for an alternate treatment location.
[00220] The active deflection of intermediate flexure zone 34 is facilitated by not only operation of actuator 260, but also contact between a proximal region of the intermediate flexure zone 34 and a superior region of the renal artery. As shown in Fig. 19C, this contact region 124 generally occurs at the apex of the bend of the intermediate flexure zone 34. This contact region 124 is in radial or angular opposition (e.g., about 180° offset about the vessel wall) to the contact between the thermal heating element 24 and vessel wall following deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34. The stabilizing force provided by the intermediate flexure zone 34 to the thermal heating element 24 is also facilitated by the opposing force at contact
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -57- region 124. Even when the operator rotates the treatment device to circumferentially reposition the thermal heating element, as shown in Fig. 19E, this opposition contact will be maintained, but at a different circumferential position. Fig. 19F shows the circumferential rotation of the thermal heating element 24 from a first treatment location corresponding to lesion 98(a) to a second treatment location corresponding to lesion 98(b) and the circumferential translation of the intermediate flexure zone 32 to a new contact region 124. It should be noted, however, that while having such opposition contact at contact region 124 facilitates wall contact and the stabilizing force, it is not generally required to achieve contact between the thermal heating element 24 and the vessel wall.
[00221] In certain embodiments, as shown in Fig. 6D, it may also be beneficial to equip the catheter apparatus with a second thermal heating element at or in the vicinity of the intermediate flexure zone. Placement of the second thermal heating element on or proximate to the intermediate flexure zone may enable the creation of a thermally affected tissue region at or around contact region 124 (i.e., the portion of the vessel wall that is in contact with the intermediate flexure zone). Activation of the first thermal element and the second thermal element would allow the operator to create two treatment zones that are circumferentially and longitudinally offset during a single placement of the catheter apparatus.
[00222] As described above, the size and configuration of the intermediate flexure zone 34 play a valuable role in the positioning of the device for treatment and in facilitating contact between the thermal heating element and the vessel wall. The dimensioning of the intermediate flexure zone also plays a valuable role in this regard, particularly with respect to the constraints imposed by the renal anatomy.
[00223] Referring back to Fig. 7E, the length of the main branch of a renal artery (i.e., from the junction of the aorta and renal artery to just before the artery branches into multiple blood vessels going to the kidney) is RAL and the diameter of the main branch of a renal artery is RADIA- It is desirable for the length L3 of the intermediate flexure zone 34 to be long enough for the distal end region 20 of the treatment device 12 to reach a distal treatment location within the renal artery and, to be able to, upon deflection, translate the thermal heating element 24 to the radially opposite wall of the renal artery. However, if L3 were too long, then too much of the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -58- intermediate flexure zone's proximal region would reside within the aorta (even for distal treatments), thereby preventing contact at contact region 124 since the apex of the bend of the intermediate flexure zone would likely be in the aorta. Also, an L3 that is too long would deflect with a large radius of curvature and make it difficult for the operator to reliably achieve wall contact at both distal and proximal locations.
[00224] Additionally, as a practical matter, L3 is limited by the most distal treatment location (i.e., length of the renal artery) on one end and the location within the aorta of the renal guide catheter 94 on the other end. It would be undesirable for L3 to be so long that a portion of the intermediate flexure zone resides within the renal guide catheter during distal treatments since the deflection of the intermediate flexure zone within the guide could impair the ability of the operator to rotate and torque the catheter without whipping.
[00225] In an average human renal artery, RAL is about 20 mm to about 30 mm from the junction of the aorta and renal artery and the diameter of the main branch of a renal artery RADIA is typically about 3 mm to about 7 mm or 8 mm. Given these and the above considerations, it is desirable that L3 range from about 5 mm to about 15 mm. In certain embodiments, particularly for treatments in relatively long blood vessels, L3 can be as long as about 20 mm. In another representative embodiment, L3 can be about 12.5 mm.
C. Creation of Thermally Affected Tissue Regions
[00226] As previously described (and as Fig. 19B shows), the thermal heating element 24 can be positioned by bending along the proximal flexure zone 32 at a first desired axial location within the respective renal artery. As Fig. 19C shows, the thermal heating element 24 can be radially positioned by deflection of intermediate flexure zone 34 toward the vessel wall. As Fig. 19C also shows, the thermal heating element 24 can be placed into a condition of optimal surface area contact with the vessel wall by further deflection of the distal flexure zone 44.
[00227] Once the thermal heating element 24 is positioned in the desired location by a combination of deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34, deflection of the distal flexure zone 44 and rotation of the catheter, the first focal treatment can be administered. By applying energy through the thermal heating
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -59- element 24, a first thermally affected tissue region 98(a) can be formed, as Fig. 19D shows. In the illustrated embodiment, the thermally affected region 98(a) takes the form of a lesion on the vessel wall of the respective renal artery.
[00228] After forming the first thermally affected tissue region 98(a), the catheter needs to be repositioned for another thermal treatment. As described above in greater detail, it is desirable to create multiple focal lesions that are circumferentially spaced along the longitudinal axis of the renal artery. To achieve this result, the catheter is retracted and, optionally, rotated to position the thermal heating element proximally along the longitudinal axis of the blood vessel. Rotation of the elongated shaft 16 from outside the access site (see Fig. 19E) serves to circumferentially reposition the thermal heating element 24 about the renal artery. Once the thermal heating element 24 is positioned at a second axial and circumferential location within the renal artery spaced from the first-described axial position, as shown in Fig. 19E (e.g., 98(b)), another focal treatment can be administered. By repeating the manipulative steps just described (as shown in Figs. 19F through 19K), the caregiver can create several thermally affected tissue regions 98(a), 98(b), 98(c) and 98(d) on the vessel wall that are axially and circumferentially spaced apart, with the first thermally affected tissue region 98(a) being the most distal and the subsequent thermally affected tissue regions being more proximal. Fig. 191 provides a cross- sectional view of the lesions formed in several layers of the treated renal artery. This figure shows that several circumferentially and axially spaced-apart treatments (e.g., 98(a)-98(d)) can provide substantial circumferential coverage and, accordingly, cause a neuromodulatory affect to the renal plexus. Clinical investigation indicates that each lesion will cover approximately 20 - 30 percent of the circumferential area surrounding the renal artery. In other embodiments, the circumferential coverage of each lesion can be as much as 50 percent.
[00229] In an alternative treatment approach, the treatment device can be administered to create a complex pattern/array of thermally affected tissue regions along the vessel wall of the renal artery. As Fig. 19L shows, this alternative treatment approach provides for multiple circumferential treatments at each axial site (e.g., 98, 99 and 101 ) along the renal artery. Increasing the density of thermally affected tissue regions along the vessel wall of the renal artery using this approach
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -60- might increase the probability of thermally-blocking the neural fibers within the renal plexus.
[00230] The rotation of the thermal heating element 24 within the renal artery as shown in Fig. 19G helps improve the reliability and consistency of the treatment. Since angiographic guidance such as fluoroscopy only provides visualization in two dimensions, it is generally only possible in the anterior/posterior view to obtain visual confirmation of wall contact at the superior (vertex) and inferior (bottom) of the renal artery. For anterior and posterior treatments, it is desirable to first obtain confirmation of contact at a superior or inferior location and then rotate the catheter such that the thermal heating element travels circumferentially along the vessel wall until the desired treatment location is reached. Physiologic data such as impedance can be concurrently monitored to ensure that wall contact is maintained or optimized during catheter rotation. Alternatively, the C-arm of the fluoroscope can be rotated to achieve a better angle for determining wall contact.
[00231] Figs. 22A to 22C provide fluoroscopic images of the treatment device within a renal artery during an animal study. Fig. 22A shows positioning of the treatment device and thermal heating element 24 at a distal treatment location. The intermediate flexure zone 34 has been deflected to position the thermal heating element 24 in contact with the vessel wall and to cause flexure in the distal flexure zone 44. Fig. 22A also shows contact region 124 where the apex of the bend of the intermediate flexure zone 34 is in contact with the vessel wall in radial or angular opposition to contact between the thermal heating element and vessel wall. Fig. 22B shows the placement of the treatment device at a more proximal treatment location following circumferential rotation and axial retraction. Fig. 22C shows the placement of the treatment device at a proximal treatment location just distal to the junction of the aorta and renal artery. Figs. 22D and 22E provide analogous fluoroscopic images depicting the treatment device positioned for treatment within a human renal artery. Fig. 22D shows the treatment device advanced to a distal treatment location similar to that described above with respect to Fig. 22A. Fig. 22E shows the treatment device in a proximal treatment position similar to that described above with respect to Fig. 22C.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -61 - [00232] Since both the thermal heating element 24 and solder 130 at the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone 34 can be radiopaque, as shown in Figs. 22A to 22C, the operator using angiographic visualization can use the image corresponding to the first treatment location to relatively position the treatment device for the second treatment. For example, in renal arteries of average length, it is desirable for the clinical operator to treat at about every 5 mm along the length of the main artery. In embodiments where the length of the distal flexure zone 44 is 5 mm, the operator can simply retract the device such that the current position of the thermal heating element 24 is longitudinally aligned with the position of the solder 130 in the previous treatment.
[00233] In another embodiment, solder 130 can be replaced by a different type of radiopaque marker. For example, a band of platinum can be attached to the distal end of the intermediate flexure zone to serve as a radiopaque marker.
[00234] Since angiographic visualization of the vasculature generally requires contrast agent to be infused into the renal artery, it may be desirable to incorporate within or alongside the treatment device a lumen and/or port for infusing contrast agent into the blood stream. Alternatively, the contrast agent can be delivered into the blood alongside the treatment device within the annular space between the treatment device and the guide catheter through which the device is delivered.
[00235] Exposure to thermal energy (heat) in excess of a body temperature of about 37°C, but below a temperature of about 45°C, may induce thermal alteration via moderate heating of the target neural fibers or of vascular structures that perfuse the target fibers. In cases where vascular structures are affected, the target neural fibers are denied perfusion resulting in necrosis of the neural tissue. For example, this may induce non-ablative thermal alteration in the fibers or structures. Exposure to heat above a temperature of about 45°C, or above about 600C, may induce thermal alteration via substantial heating of the fibers or structures. For example, such higher temperatures may thermally ablate the target neural fibers or the vascular structures. In some patients, it may be desirable to achieve temperatures that thermally ablate the target neural fibers or the vascular structures, but that are less than about 900C, or less than about 85°C, or less than about 800C, and/or less than about 75°C. Regardless of the type of heat exposure utilized to induce the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -62- thermal neuromodulation, a reduction in renal sympathetic nerve activity ("RSNA") is expected.
D. Control of Applied Energy
[00236] With the treatments disclosed herein for delivering therapy to target tissue, it may be beneficial for energy to be delivered to the target neural structures in a controlled manner. The controlled delivery of energy will allow the zone of thermal treatment to extend into the renal fascia while reducing undesirable energy delivery or thermal effects to the vessel wall. A controlled delivery of energy may also result in a more consistent, predictable and efficient overall treatment. Accordingly, the generator 26 desirably includes programmed instructions comprising an algorithm 102 (see Fig. 5) for controlling the delivery of power and energy to the thermal heating device. The algorithm 102, a representative embodiment of which is shown in Fig. 20, can be implemented as a conventional computer program for execution by a processor coupled to the generator 26. The algorithm 102 can also be implemented manually by a caregiver using step-by-step instructions.
[00237] The operating parameters monitored in accordance with the algorithm may include temperature, time, impedance and power. Discrete values in temperature may be used to trigger changes in energy delivery. For example, high values in temperature (e.g. 85 degrees C.) could indicate tissue desiccation in which case the algorithm may decrease or stop the energy delivery to prevent undesirable thermal effects to target or non-target tissue. Time may also be used to prevent undesirable thermal alteration to non-target tissue. For each treatment, a set time (e.g., 2 minutes) is checked to prevent indefinite delivery of energy. Impedance may be used to measure tissue changes. Impedance indicates the electrical property of the treatment site. If a thermal inductive, electric field is applied to the treatment site the impedance will decrease as the tissue cells become less resistive to current flow. If too much energy is applied, tissue desiccation or coagulation may occur near the electrode, which would increase the impedance as the cells lose water retention and/or the electrode surface area decreases (e.g., via the accumulation of coagulum). Thus, an increase in tissue impedance may be indicative or predictive of undesirable thermal alteration to target or non-target tissue. Additionally, power is
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -63- an effective parameter to monitor in controlling the delivery of therapy. Power is a function of voltage and current. The algorithm may tailor the voltage and/or current to achieve a desired power. Derivatives of the aforementioned parameters (e.g., rates of change) can also be used to trigger change in energy delivery. For example, the rate of change in temperature could be monitored such that power output is reduced in the event that a sudden rise in temperature is detected.
[00238] As seen in Fig. 20, when a caregiver initiates treatment (e.g., via the foot pedal), the algorithm 102 commands the generator 26 to gradually adjust its power output to a first power level Pi (e.g., 5 watts) over a first time period t-, (e.g., 15 seconds). The power increase during the first time period is generally linear. As a result, the generator 26 increases its power output at a generally constant rate of P-i/t-i. Alternatively, the power increase can be non-linear (e.g., exponential or parabolic) with a variable rate of increase. Once Pi and U are achieved, the algorithm can hold at Pi until a new time t2 for a predetermined period of time t2 - ti (e.g., 3 seconds). At t2 power is increased by a predetermined increment (e.g., 1 watt) to P2 over a predetermined period of time, t3 - t2 (e.g., 1 second). This power ramp in predetermined increments of about 1 watt can continue until a maximum power PMAX is achieved or some other condition is satisfied. In one embodiment, PMAX is 8 watts. In another embodiment PMAX is 10 watts.
[00239] As discussed, the algorithm 102 includes monitoring certain operating parameters (e.g., temperature, time, impedance, power, etc.). The operating parameters can be monitored continuously or periodically. The algorithm 102 checks the monitored parameters against predetermined parameter profiles to determine whether the parameters individually or in combination fall within the ranges set by the predetermined parameter profiles. If the monitored parameters fall within the ranges set by the predetermined parameter profiles, then treatment can continue at the commanded power output. If monitored parameters fall outside the ranges set by the predetermined parameter profiles, the algorithm 102 adjusts the commanded power output accordingly. For example, if a target temperature (e.g., 65 degrees C) is achieved, then power delivery is kept constant until the total treatment time (e.g., 120 seconds) has expired. If a first power threshold (e.g., 70 degrees C) is achieved or exceeded, then power is reduced in predetermined
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -64- increments (e.g., 0.5 watts, 1.0 watts, etc.) until a target temperature is achieved. If a second power threshold (e.g., 85 degrees C) is achieved or exceeded, thereby indicating an undesirable condition, then power delivery can be terminated. The system can be equipped with various audible and visual alarms to alert the operator of certain conditions.
[00240] The following is a non-exhaustive list of events under which algorithm 102 may adjust and/or terminate/discontinue the commanded power output:
(1 ) The measured temperature exceeds a maximum temperature threshold (e.g., about 70 degrees to about 85 degrees C).
(2) The average temperature derived from the measured temperature exceeds an average temperature threshold (e.g., about 65 degrees C).
(3) The rate of change of the measured temperature exceeds a rate of change threshold.
(4) The temperature rise over a period of time is below a minimum temperature change threshold while the generator 26 has non-zero output. Poor contact between the thermal heating element 24 and the arterial wall can cause such a condition.
(5) A measured impedance exceeds an impedance threshold (e.g., <20 Ohms, or >500 Ohms).
(6) A measured impedance exceeds a relative threshold (e.g., impedance decreases from a starting or baseline value and then rises above this baseline value).
V. Prepackaged Kit for Distribution, Transport and Sale of the Disclosed Apparatuses and Systems
[00241] As shown in Fig. 21 , one or more components of the system 10 shown in Fig. 5 can be packaged together for convenient delivery to and use by the customer/clinical operator. Components suitable for packaging include, the treatment device 12, the cable 28 for connecting the treatment device 12 to the generator 26, the neutral or dispersive electrode 38, and one or more guide
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -65- catheters 94 (e.g., a renal guide catheter). Cable 28 can also be integrated into the treatment device 12 such that both components are packaged together. Each component may have its own sterile packaging (for components requiring sterilization) or the components may have dedicated sterilized compartments within the kit packaging. This kit may also include step-by-step instructions for use 126 that provides the operator technical product features and operating instructions for using the system 10 and treatment device 12, including all methods of insertion, delivery, placement and use of the treatment device disclosed herein.
Vl. Handle Assemblies for Intravascular Treatment Devices and Associated Systems and Methods
[00242] With reference to Fig. 23, another illustrative embodiment of the handle assembly 200 of system 10 is described. With the handle assembly 200 positioned external to the patient, the caregiver can translate the handle assembly to translate the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 within the respective renal artery. The caregiver can then operate actuator 260 of the handle assembly 200 to deflect the thermal heating element 24 about the intermediate flexure zone 34.
[00243] The caregiver also can operate rotator 230 on the handle assembly 200 to apply a rotational force along the elongated shaft 16. Rotation of the elongated shaft 16 when the intermediate flexure zone 34 is deflected within the respective renal artery rotates the thermal heating element 24 within the respective renal artery, making it easier to achieve contact with the vessel wall and determine whether there is wall contact, particularly in planes where there is poor angiographic visualization. Rotation may be combined with translation of the thermal heating element 24 for repositioning of the thermal heating element at a different radial and longitudinal position within the respective renal artery for delivery of energy at multiple locations within the renal artery.
[00244] As seen in the exploded view of Fig. 24, handle assembly 200 may comprise proximal strain relief 202, distal strain relief 204, inner limiter ring 210, outer limiter ring 220, rotator 230, housing assembly 240 having upper housing 242 and lower housing 244, actuator 260 and carrier 280, as well as optional O-ring 275. The upper and lower housing comprise one or more mating features 246 that join together (e.g., via friction locked male and female mating features and/or via
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -66- adhesives) to form the handle housing assembly 240. The actuator, O-ring and carrier are positioned between the upper housing 242 and lower housing 244 in the assembled configuration of housing assembly 240.
[00245] As described in more detail below, in the assembled configuration the actuator 260 and carrier 280 are constrained within the housing assembly 240 in a manner that facilitates coordinated angular rotation of the actuator and linear translation of the carrier. As also described in more detail below, proximal linear translation of carrier 280, via caregiver proximal rotation of actuator 260, causes deflection of thermal heating element 24 about intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20 of the elongate shaft 16. Optional O-ring 275, positioned between the actuator 260 and the lower housing 244, may provide tactile feedback or resistance to the caregiver during such caregiver rotation of the actuator, and/or may maintain the actuator in proximally rotated position.
[00246] After assembly of the housing 240, the inner limiter ring 210 is positioned concentrically over a distal portion of the housing assembly 240, the outer limiter ring 220 is positioned concentrically over the inner limiter ring 210, and the rotator is positioned concentrically over the outer limiter ring 220. Proximal strain relief 202 is affixed to a proximal portion of the housing assembly 240, while distal strain relief 204 is affixed to a distal portion of the rotator 230. As described in more detail below, the inner limiter ring 210, the outer limiter ring 220 and the rotator 230 act in concert with the housing assembly 240 to facilitate rotation of elongated shaft 16 without rotation of the handle assembly 200, as well as to limit rotation of the elongated shaft.
[00247] Treatment device 12 comprises control wire 40 that extends the length of elongated shaft 16 (e.g., along the length or within a lumen of the elongated shaft) from the handle assembly 200 of proximal end region 18 to the intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20. The control wire terminates distally in the distal end region 20 and, as seen in Fig. 25, may terminate proximally at carrier 280 of the handle assembly 200. The control wire may be attached to the carrier 80 by simply being wrapped around one or more cleats on the carrier and/or attachment via adhesive or solder. Proximal translation of the carrier 280 relative to housing assembly 240 (and thereby relative to the elongated shaft 16) proximally retracts the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -67- control wire relative to the elongated shaft 16, which imparts a bending moment on the intermediate flexure zone 34 that causes the intermediate flexure zone to bend or deflect relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongated shaft 16. This facilitates positioning of the thermal heating element 24 in a desired location relative to a respective renal artery.
[00248] By rotating the actuator 260 proximally, the caregiver may proximally translate the carrier 280 relative to the housing assembly 240 in order to proximally retract the control wire 40 relative to the elongated shaft 16, thereby deflecting the intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20. Actuator 260 comprises an actuator body 262 having a pivot 264, as well as a cam 266 that is positioned on the surface of the actuator that faces upper housing 242 and carrier 280 in the assembled configuration.
[00249] Actuator 260 also has as an actuator button 270 that is coupled to the actuator body via an actuator button arm 272. The actuator button arm 272 acts as a lever arm that provides additional torque and mechanical advantage during rotation of the actuator 260. The actuator button 270 optionally has a larger width than the actuator button arm 272 to facilitate tactile manipulation and ergonomic handling of the button by a caregiver. The actuator button 270 initially is positioned in a forward or distal position relative to housing assembly 240. The caregiver may pull back (i.e. proximally) on the button 270 to proximally rotate the actuator 260 relative to the housing assembly and deflect the intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20. The range of distances separating the actuator button 270 from the rotator 230 during caregiver manipulation of the handle assembly 200 is specified in a manner that facilitates single-handed ergonomic use of the handle assembly 200, even when the actuator button 270 is positioned in its proximal-most or distal-most position relative to the housing assembly 240.
[00250] Upon mating of the upper housing 242 and the lower housing 244 to form the housing assembly 240, actuator button arm 272 of the actuator 260 is seated within the actuator channel 250 formed through the mating of the upper and lower housings (see Fig. 23). Actuator channel 250 provides the caregiver with access to the actuator button 270 from outside the housing assembly 240, allowing the caregiver to rotate the actuator 260 relative to the housing assembly via the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -68- actuator button while the actuator body 262 is disposed within the housing assembly. Carrier 280 is also positioned within the housing assembly; the carrier interacts with the actuator 260 and the housing assembly 240 to transform rotation of the actuator into translation of the carrier relative to the housing assembly, and thereby translation of the control wire 40 relative to the elongated shaft 16.
[00251] As shown in Figs. 24 and 25, the carrier 280 comprises first and second housing posts 282a and 282b that are positioned within first and second longitudinal channels 252a and 252b, respectively, of the lower housing 244 of housing assembly 240. The carrier has a cam post 286 that is positioned within the actuator's cam 266. When the actuator button 270 is positioned in its distal-most position relative to the housing assembly 240, the carrier's cam post 286 is positioned at or near an inferior surface of the actuator's cam 266. As shown in Figs. 26A to 26C, rotation of the actuator button 270 proximally relative to the housing assembly, rotation of the actuator 260 causes the carrier's cam post 286 to move toward a superior surface of the actuator's cam 266.
[00252] As the carrier's cam post 286 traverses the actuator's cam 266 from inferior to superior during the caregiver's rotation of the actuator button 270 from a more distal position (as in Fig. 26A) to a more proximal position (as in Fig. 26C) relative to the housing assembly 240, the increased distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and the actuator's cam 266 from inferior to superior causes the actuator's cam 266 to apply a force to the carrier's cam post 286 positioned therein. This force increases the distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and the carrier's cam post 286. Since rotation of the carrier 280 relative to the housing assembly 240 is constrained via interaction of the carrier's first and second housing posts 282a and 282b with the lower housing's first and second longitudinal channels 252a and 252b, the force applied to the carrier's cam post 286 by the actuator's cam 266 during proximal rotation of the actuator 260 relative to the housing assembly 240 translates the carrier proximally relative to the longitudinal axis of the housing assembly. This deflects the intermediate flexure zone 34 of distal end region 20 via tension applied by the carrier to control wire 40.
[00253] Conversely, as the carrier's cam post 286 traverses the actuator's cam 266 from superior to inferior during rotation of the actuator button 270 from a distal
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -69- position to a proximal position relative to the housing assembly 240, the decreased distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and cam 266 from superior to inferior causes the actuator's cam 266 to apply a force to the carrier's cam post 286 positioned therein. This force decreases the distance between the actuator's pivot 264 and the carrier's cam post 286 that is positioned within the actuator's cam 266 and translates the carrier 280 distally relative to a longitudinal axis of the housing assembly 240. Such distal translation of the carrier relative to the housing assembly allows the intermediate flexure zone 34 to straighten via removal of tension applied by the carrier to control wire 40. Alternatively, as the carrier translates distally (e.g., due to a restoring force applied to the carrier by the deflected intermediate flexure zone 34 via the control wire 40), the carrier's cam post 286 may apply a force to the actuator's cam 266 that moves the cam post 286 from superior to inferior within the actuator's cam 266 and rotates the actuator button 270 distally.
[00254] The geometry of cam 266 optionally may be configured to interact with cam post 286 in a manner that provides variable resistance to the caregiver during rotation of the actuator 260. For example, resistance may increase as the actuator is rotated more proximally. At the limit, such increased resistance may serve as a brake that precludes further proximal rotation of the actuator relative to the housing assembly.
[00255] The actuator 260 optionally may comprise male O-ring attachment profile 274 on the surface of the actuator that faces lower housing 244 in the assembled configuration (see Fig. 27). Profile 274 preferably is concentric with the actuator's pivot 264. The male O-ring attachment profile may have a maximum outer cross-sectional dimension that is just slightly less than the inner diameter of the O-ring 275. The male attachment profile optionally may be slightly non-circular or pointed, e.g., about the ribs of the profile 274.
[00256] Likewise, lower housing 244 optionally may comprise optional female O- ring attachment profile 249 (shown in Fig. 24). The female O-ring attachment profile may have a maximum inner cross-sectional dimension that is just slightly larger than the outer diameter of the O-ring 275. The female attachment profile 249 optionally may be slightly non-circular or pointed, as well, e.g., may have a profile similar to that of the actuator's male attachment profile 274.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -70- [00257] Upon mating of the upper housing 242 and the lower housing 244 to form the housing assembly 240, O-ring 275 is positioned within the female O-ring attachment profile 249 of the lower housing 244 and over the male O-ring attachment profile 274 of the actuator 260. With the actuator positioned distally relative to the housing assembly, the non-circular male and female O-ring attachment profiles preferably are concentric, such that the O-ring is in an unstressed state during shipping and storage.
[00258] As the actuator button 270 is rotated from a more distal position to a more proximal position within the actuator channel 250, the actuator's male attachment profile 274 is no longer concentric with the lower housing's female attachment profile 249. This may cause engagement of the O-ring 275 between the relatively pointed sections of the actuator's male attachment profile 274 and the lower housing's female attachment profile 249. Such O-ring engagement increases friction, which may provide tactile feedback to the caregiver and/or may provide a friction lock that temporarily maintains the rotational position of the actuator 260 (and thereby the translational position of the carrier 280 and the control wire 40) relative to the housing assembly 240.
[00259] As the actuator button 270 is rotated proximally within the actuator channel 250, thereby proximally translating the carrier 280 and deflecting the intermediate flexure zone 34 of the distal end region 20 via the control wire 40, the intermediate flexure zone 34 may convey a restoring moment to the actuator 260 through the control wire and the carrier. The restoring moment may seek to reverse deflection of the intermediate flexure zone and rotate the actuator button 270 back to a more distal position within the actuator channel 250. The increased friction provided by engagement of the O-ring 275 may counteract the intermediate flexure zone's restoring moment to temporarily maintaining deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34. Alternative friction and locking mechanisms known in the art may be provided.
[00260] As discussed previously, cable 28 of system 10 is operatively attached to the handle assembly 200 and electrically connects the thermal heating element 24 at the distal end region 18 of the elongated shaft 16 to the generator 26. As seen in Fig. 25, cable 28 passes through a proximal lumen of the handle assembly 200
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -71 - formed through proximal strain relief 202 and the housing assembly 240 into the interior of the handle assembly. The cable 28 terminates within the handle assembly and is electrically connected to at least one supply wire 29. The supply wire(s) convey treatment energy from generator 26 and cable 28 to the thermal heating element 24 and/or transmit signal from one or more sensors 52 (see Figs. 9 and 19), such as one or more temperature (e.g., thermocouple, thermistor, etc.), impedance, pressure, optical, flow, chemical or other sensors, located proximate to or within the thermal heating element 24 and connected to the supply wire(s).
[00261] In the embodiment of Fig. 25, cable 28 is electrically connected to supply wire(s) 29 via circuit board 290. However, it should be understood that the cable alternatively may be directly connected to the supply wire(s) 29 and/or that the supply wire(s) may extend proximally within the cable 28 proximal of the handle assembly 200, e.g., all the way to the generator 26 without requiring an additional electrical connection to the cable 28. In addition to electrically connecting the supply wire(s) to the cable, circuit board 290 optionally may comprise programming or one or more circuits for controlling, measuring, altering or otherwise interacting with the treatment energy delivered via generator 26 and/or signal transmitted by the supply wire(s) from a distally-located sensor.
[00262] In the embodiment of Figs. 25, housing assembly 240 comprises one or more tortuous path features 245 through which cable 28 is routed prior to its termination at circuit board 290. Features 245 may provide sufficient friction to mount cable 28 within the housing assembly 240 without requiring secondary fixation of the cable to the housing, e.g., via adhesives, though it should be understood that secondary fixation alternatively may be provided. Furthermore, other mechanical locks, such as a clip or sleeve that is crimped or otherwise affixed to the cable and is positioned within the housing assembly 240 in a manner that precludes removal of the clip/sleeve from the housing assembly, also may be provided. Circuit board 290 also may be friction fit within the housing assembly and/or may be attached to the housing assembly via secondary fixation, such as adhesives.
[00263] Supply wire(s) 29 extend distally from circuit board 290. Along with control wire 40, the supply wire(s) 29 pass through a distal lumen of the handle assembly 200 formed through housing assembly 240, rotator 230 and distal strain
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -72- relief 204, then along the elongated shaft 16 or through a lumen in the elongated shaft 16 from the handle assembly 200 to the thermal heating element 24. The elongated shaft 16 is coupled proximally to rotator 230 and/or to distal strain relief 204 (and thereby to the rotator).
[00264] As previously mentioned, it is desirable to rotate the distal end region 20 of the elongated shaft 16 of the treatment device 12 within the renal artery after the thermal heating element 24 is in contact with the vessel wall. However, it may be cumbersome and awkward for a clinical practitioner to rotate the entire handle assembly 200 at the proximal end of the device 12, particularly given the dimensions of the renal anatomy. Rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240 causes the elongated shaft 16 to rotate about its longitudinal axis without rotation of the handle assembly 200 (i.e., without rotation of the housing assembly 240).
[00265] Since control wire 40 and supply wire(s) 29 proximally terminate within the housing assembly 240, significant independent rotation of the elongated shaft relative to the housing assembly might cause the wires to become significantly twisted about one another and/or to break. With reference now to Figs. 28 and 29, interactions of the housing assembly 240, the rotator 230, the outer limiter ring 220 and the inner limiter ring 210 are described in more detail. These interactions facilitate independent rotation of the elongated shaft 16 relative to the handle assembly 200, while providing a rotation limiting element that limits such independent rotation, thereby reducing a risk of control and/or supply wire entanglement or breakage.
[00266] As discussed previously, the inner limiter ring 210 is positioned concentrically over a distal portion of the housing assembly 240, the outer limiter ring 220 is positioned concentrically over the inner limiter ring 210, and the rotator 230 is positioned concentrically over the outer limiter ring 220. The distal portion of the housing assembly 240 comprises cylindrical segment 254 about which the inner limiter ring 210 is concentrically positioned. The cylindrical segment is of reduced diameter relative to surface 241 of the housing assembly 240 just proximal of the cylindrical segment 254, such that proximal surfaces of the inner limiter ring 210, the outer limiter ring 220 and the rotator 230 abut surface 241 of the housing assembly
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -73- 240. These abutments may constrain proximal translation of the inner limiter ring 210, the outer limiter ring 220 and/or the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240.
[00267] An inner diameter of inner limiter ring 210 is just slightly greater than an outer diameter of the housing assembly's cylindrical segment 254, such that the inner limiter ring may rotate concentrically about the cylindrical segment. Likewise, an inner diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220 is just slightly greater that an outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210, such that the outer limiter ring may rotate concentrically about the inner limiter ring. Finally, an inner diameter of a proximal region of the rotator 230 is just slightly greater than an outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 220 at outer tab 224, such that the rotator may rotate concentrically about the outer limiter ring.
[00268] The geometric configuration of handle assembly 200 facilitates independent rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240, while constraining longitudinal translation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly. Via its connection to the rotator, the elongated shaft 16 likewise may be rotated without rotating the handle assembly 200 (i.e., without rotating the housing assembly 240), while translation of the handle assembly also translates the elongated shaft. The distal portion of the housing assembly 240 comprises housing shaft 256 (located distally and of reduced cross-section relative to the housing assembly's cylindrical segment 254) having lumen 257. Rotator 230 comprises rotator shaft 232 having lumen 233 and configured for positioning within the lumen 257 of the housing shaft 256 when the rotator 230 is attached to the housing assembly 240 to facilitate independent rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly.
[00269] Rotator 230 optionally may comprise one or more rotator elements 234 that engage or rub against cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240 to provide tactile feedback to the caregiver during rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly 240. All or a portion of the cylindrical segment 254 optionally may comprise a surface pattern or engagement features 255 that interact with the rotator elements 234 to provide such tactile feedback. For example, the surface pattern 255 may comprise alternating segments where the radius of cylindrical segment 254 is slightly increased then decreased. As the caregiver rotates the rotator 230,
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -74- resistance slightly increases while the rotator elements 234 traverse the increased diameter segments and slightly decreases while the rotator elements 234 traverse the decreased diameter segments. These alternating segments of the surface pattern 255 may traverse known angular segments about the circumference of the cylindrical segment 254. The caregiver may monitor the tactile feedback provided during rotation of the rotator elements 234 about the alternating segments of the surface pattern 255 to monitor the degree of angular rotation of the elongated shaft 16. In one representative embodiment, the surface pattern 255 provides tactile feedback (e.g., transitions between alternating segments of increased and decreased diameter) every 45 degrees of relative rotation between the housing assembly 240 and the rotator 230, though such tactile feedback alternatively may be provided at any other desired degree of relative rotation.
[00270] The rotator elements 234 additionally or alternatively may abut and constrain distal translation of the inner limiter ring 210 and/or outer limiter ring 220 relative to the rotator 230, thereby limiting distal translation of the housing assembly 240 relative to the rotator. Translation of the housing assembly 240 relative to the rotator 230 additionally or alternatively may be constrained via engagement elements 235 that extend radially inward from rotator elements 234 and sit within reduced diameter cylindrical channel 259 of the housing assembly's cylindrical segment 254. The engagement elements 235 may comprise one-way valves that allow the rotator to be press fit over the housing assembly with the engagement elements 235 locking into position within the cylindrical channel 259. The engagement elements 235 facilitate rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly while constraining proximal (and optionally distal) translation of the housing assembly relative to the rotator.
[00271] Rotation of the elongated shaft 16 relative to the handle assembly 200 may be limited in a variety of ways, e.g., may be limited to a predetermined or optimal number of rotations of the elongated shaft relative to the handle assembly in a variety of ways. In the embodiment of Figs. 28 and 29, elongated shaft rotation limitation is achieved via housing nub 258 disposed on cylindrical segment 254 and abutting surface 241 of the housing assembly 240, via inner arc tab 214 of inner limiter ring 210 that extends both radially outward and longitudinally proximal of the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -75- cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring, via outer tab 224 of outer limiter ring 220 that extends radially outward and longitudinally along the length as well as proximal of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring, and via a rotator tab (not shown) that extends radially inward from an inner wall of rotator 230 at or near a proximal end of the rotator.
[00272] As described in more detail below, caregiver rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240 may cause the rotator's rotator tab to abut outer tab 224, limiting further rotation of the rotator relative to the outer limiter ring 220; may cause the outer tab 224 to abut the inner arc tab 214, limiting further rotation of the outer limiter ring relative to the inner limiter ring 210; and may cause the inner arc tab 214 to abut the housing nub 258, limiting further rotation of the inner limiter ring relative to the housing assembly 240 and thereby limiting further rotation of the rotator relative to the housing assembly. As the elongated shaft 16 is coupled to the rotator 230, rotation of the elongated shaft relative to the handle assembly is thus also limited.
[00273] As best seen in Fig. 29, in the assembled configuration of handle 200 (i.e., with inner limiter ring 210 positioned concentrically about cylindrical surface 254 of housing assembly 240, outer limiter ring 220 positioned concentrically about the inner limiter ring, and rotator 230 positioned concentrically about the outer limiter ring), inner arc tab 214 of inner limiter ring 210, outer tab 224 of outer limiter ring 220 and the rotator tab of rotator 230 abut surface 241 of housing assembly 240. As discussed previously, the inner diameter of inner limiter ring 210 is just slightly greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240 about which the inner limiter ring is concentrically positioned, facilitating rotation of the inner limiter ring relative to the housing assembly. However, when the inner arc tab 214 that extends longitudinally proximal of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210 is in rotational alignment with housing nub 258 that extends radially outward from cylindrical surface 254 of the housing assembly 240, the inner arc tab abuts the housing nub; this abutment constrains further rotation of the inner limiter ring relative to the housing assembly. Note that housing nub 258 on cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240 does not extend radially outward to such a degree that it interacts with outer limiter ring 220 or with rotator 230 (i.e., the housing
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -76- nub does not extend beyond the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210).
[00274] As also discussed previously, the inner diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220 is just slightly greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring 210 about which the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring is concentrically positioned, facilitating rotation of the outer limiter ring relative to the inner limiter ring. However, the outermost diameter of inner limiter ring 210 at inner arc tab 214 is greater than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the inner limiter ring (specifically, the outermost diameter of the inner limiter ring 210 at the inner arc tab 214 is roughly equal to the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220; thus, the inner arc tab does not interact with the rotator 230). Thus, when the outer limiter ring's outer tab 224, which extends longitudinally along and proximal of the outer limiter ring's cylindrical portion, is in rotational alignment with the inner arc tab 214 of the inner limiter ring 210, the inner limiter ring's inner arc tab 214 abuts the outer limiter ring's outer tab 224; this abutment constrains further rotation of the outer limiter ring relative to the inner limiter ring.
[00275] Again, as discussed previously, the inner diameter of a proximal region of rotator 230 is just slightly greater than the outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 220 at outer tab 224, facilitating rotation of the rotator relative to the outer limiter ring. The outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220 is less than the outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 230 at outer tab 224. The innermost diameter of the rotator 230 at its rotator tab is smaller than the outermost diameter of the outer limiter ring 230 at the outer tab 224, but larger than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the outer limiter ring 220. Thus, when the rotator's rotator tab is in rotational alignment with the outer limiter ring's outer tab 224, the rotator tab abuts the outer tab; this abutment constrains further rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the outer limiter ring 220.
[00276] The abutments of the rotator tab of rotator 230 with outer tab 224 of outer limiter ring 220, of outer tab 224 with inner arc tab 214 of inner limiter ring 210, and of inner arc tab 214 with housing nub 258 of cylindrical segment 254 of housing assembly 240, limit rotation of the rotator 230 relative to the housing assembly 240.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -77- Continued caregiver rotation of the rotator 230 in a given direction relative to the housing assembly 240 causes its rotator tab to abut outer tab 224, limiting further rotation of the rotator in the given direction relative to the outer limiter ring 220; causes the outer tab 224 to abut the inner arc tab 214, limiting further rotation of the outer limiter ring in the given direction relative to the inner limiter ring 210; and causes the inner arc tab 214 to abut the housing nub 258, limiting further rotation of the inner limiter ring in the given direction relative to the housing assembly 240 and thereby limiting further rotation of the rotator in the given direction relative to the housing assembly. Since the elongated shaft 16 is coupled to the rotator 230, rotation of the elongated shaft relative to the handle assembly is thus also limited.
[00277] The rotator 230 can rotate approximately one full revolution in a given direction before its rotator tab abuts the outer tab 224 of the outer limiter ring 220. Continued rotation of the rotator 230 in the given direction rotates the outer limiter ring 220 with the rotator until the outer limiter ring's outer tab 224 abuts the inner arc tab 214 of the inner limiter ring 210. Further continued rotation of the rotator 230 in the given direction rotates both the outer limiter ring and the inner limiter ring with the rotator until the inner arc tab 214 abuts the housing nub 258 of cylindrical surface 254 of the housing assembly 240, precluding any further rotation of the rotator in the given direction. Rotation of the rotator in the opposite direction can proceed for an equivalent number of revolutions before rotation is limited in that opposite direction.
[00278] The degree of rotation of the outer limiter ring 220 relative to the inner limiter ring 210, and of the inner limiter ring 210 relative to the housing assembly 240 is determined by the arc length of the inner arc tab 214 of the inner limiter ring 210. In the embodiment of Figs. 28 and 29, the inner arc tab comprises an arc length of approximately 180°. As such, the outer limiter ring may rotate approximately 14 revolution relative to the inner limiter ring, and the inner limiter ring can rotate approximately 14 revolution relative to the housing assembly. Thus, rotation of the rotator 230 (and thereby the elongated shaft 16) relative to the housing assembly 240 is limited to approximately two full revolutions.
[00279] As will be apparent to those of skill in the art, by varying the arc length of the inner arc tab 214, the number of full revolutions of the rotator 230 relative to the
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -78- housing assembly 240 may be varied to any desired degree between about 1 and 3 full revolutions (an arc length close to 360° would limit full rotations to about 1 rotation, while an arc length close to 0° would allow nearly 3 full rotations). As also will be apparent to those of skill in the art, the number of revolutions may be further expanded by utilizing additional limiter rings and tabs.
[00280] As best seen in Fig. 23, rotator 230 optionally may comprise visual indicator 231 that may, for example, be radially aligned with thermal element 24 at distal end region 20 of elongated shaft 16. The caregiver may use visual indicator 231 to monitor the orientation of thermal element 24 and/or to monitor the degree of rotation of the thermal element.
VII. Additional Clinical Uses of the Disclosed Apparatuses, Methods and Systems
[00281] Although much of the disclosure in this Specification relates to at least partially denervating a kidney of a patient to block afferent and/or efferent neural communication from within a renal blood vessel (e.g., renal artery), the apparatuses, methods and systems described herein may also be used for other intravascular treatments. For example, the aforementioned catheter system, or select aspects of such system, can be placed in other peripheral blood vessels to deliver energy and/or electric fields to achieve a neuromodulatory affect by altering nerves proximate to these other peripheral blood vessels. There are a number of arterial vessels arising from the aorta which travel alongside a rich collection of nerves to target organs. Utilizing the arteries to access and modulate these nerves may have clear therapeutic potential in a number of disease states. Some examples include the nerves encircling the celiac trunk, superior mesenteric artery, and inferior mesenteric artery.
[00282] Sympathetic nerves proximate to or encircling the arterial blood vessel known as the celiac trunk may pass through the celiac ganglion and follow branches of the celiac trunk to innervate the stomach, small intestine, abdominal blood vessels, liver, bile ducts, gallbladder, pancreas, adrenal glands, and kidneys. Modulating these nerves either in whole (or in part via selective modulation) may enable treatment of conditions including (but not limited to) diabetes, pancreatitis, obesity, hypertension, obesity related hypertension, hepatitis, hepatorenal
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -79- syndrome, gastric ulcers, gastric motility disorders, irritable bowel syndrome, and autoimmune disorders such as Chron's disease.
[00283] Sympathetic nerves proximate to or encircling the arterial blood vessel known as the inferior mesenteric artery may pass through the inferior mesenteric ganglion and follow branches of the inferior mesenteric artery to innervate the colon, rectum, bladder, sex organs, and external genitalia. Modulating these nerves either in whole (or in part via selective modulation) may enable treatment of conditions including (but not limited to) Gl motility disorders, colitis, urinary retention, hyperactive bladder, incontinence, infertility, polycystic ovarian syndrome, premature ejaculation, erectile dysfunction, dyspareunia, and vaginismus.
[00284] While arterial access and treatments have received attention in this Specification, the disclosed apparatuses, methods and systems can also be used to deliver treatment from within a peripheral vein or lymphatic vessel.
VIII. Additional Description
[00285] The term apparatus makes reference to any apparatus of the disclosure. In particular, this term relates to devices for achieving intravascular renal neuromodulation via thermal effects, such as heating. This term covers references to apparatus catheters, catheters, and treatment devices in general. In the specific description, the term catheter is used, but it should be understood that this is merely a particular example of the apparatuses of the disclosure.
[00286] Generally, the apparatus comprises an elongated shaft. The elongated shaft is sized and configured to deliver a thermal element to a renal artery via an intravascular path that includes a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and the abdominal aorta. As described in more detail above, different sectors of the elongated shaft serve different mechanical functions when in use. The elongated shaft may be in the form of a flexible tube.
[00287] The term apparatus includes, but is not necessarily limited to, a catheter. As will be appreciated by one skilled in the art, a catheter is a solid or tubular structure that can be inserted into a body cavity, lumen, duct or vessel. A process of inserting a catheter is cathetehsation. The catheter, for example, may be an
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -80- intravascular catheter suitable for insertion into and delivery through an intravascular path.
[00288] The intravascular path may be via a femoral artery, an iliac artery, and/or the aorta. The passage may be through an access site, percutaneously into the femoral artery and passed into the iliac artery and aorta, into either the left or right renal artery. This comprises an intravascular path that offers minimally invasive access to a respective renal artery and/or other renal blood vessels. For example, passage through an intravascular path comprises a first vascular region and a second vascular region deviating from the first vascular region at an angular junction.
[00289] An angular junction could, for example, be the junction of the left/right renal arteries and the aorta. Such an angular junction requires significant flexure of the apparatus in order to gain entry into the respective left or right renal artery;
[00290] A force transmitting section is sized and configured to possess selected mechanical properties that accommodate physical passage through and the transmission of forces within the intravascular path. For example, as it leads from an accessed femoral artery (left or right), through the respective iliac branch artery and into the aorta, and in proximity to the targeted renal artery (left or right).
[00291] The axis of the elongated shaft, as used above, refers to the longitudinal access of the elongated shaft.
[00292] The proximal region of the apparatus refers to the proximal end region of the elongated shaft. This region may include, for example, the handle assembly and the force transmitting section of the apparatus.
[00293] The distal region or distal section of the apparatus refers to the distal end region of the apparatus; the end of the apparatus that is furthest away from the handle assembly. The distal end region includes, for example, a first or proximal flexure zone, a second or intermediate flexure zone, and/or a distal flexure zone.
[00294] The first flexure zone refers to the flexure zone that is closest to the proximal end region of the apparatus. The first flexure zone is equivalent to the proximal flexure zone (see discussion of Figures 11A to 11 C above). The first or
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -81 - proximal flexure zone is proximal to the handle assembly or the force transmitting section, which is part of the proximal end region.
[00295] The first flexure zone or proximal flexure zone may also be referred to as a proximal section. The proximal section may be flexible to enable it to be placed into the angular junction. For example, a proximal flexible section is adapted to bend within a guide catheter to form a transitional bend.
[00296] A transitional bend that is supported and stable within the vasculature is defined as a proximal flexure zone or proximal section.
[00297] The second flexure zone refers to the flexure zone distal from the first flexure zone (or proximal flexure zone). In embodiments having more than two flexure zones, the second flexure zone is equivalent to the intermediate flexure zone described in more detail above. The thermal element may be supported by the second or intermediate flexure zone. In embodiments having only two flexure zones, the second flexure zone is equivalent to the distal flexure zone outlined above.
[00298] The second flexure zone or intermediate flexure zone may also be referred to as an intermediate section. The intermediate section may be deflectable to enable it to extend distally from an angular junction. For example, an intermediate section may extend distally from a transitional bend of a flexible proximal section.
[00299] The third flexure zone refers to the flexure zone distal to the second flexure zone (or intermediate flexure zone). The third flexure zone is equivalent to the distal flexure zone described in more detail above. The thermal element may be carried at the end of or coupled to the distal flexure zone. The thermal element is positioned at the distal end or buttresses the distal end of the distal flexure zone.
[00300] The third flexure zone or distal flexure zone may also be referred to as a flexible distal section. The flexible distal section may extend distally from an intermediate section, as described in more detail above.
[00301] The thermal element may be any suitable element for thermal heating. The thermal element is sized and configured for manipulation and use within a renal artery. The thermal element is coupled to or carried by the distal flexure zone. Additionally, the distal flexure zone is configured to orient a portion of the thermal
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -82- element alongside a region of tissue, thereby providing consistent tissue contact at each treatment location. The distal flexure zone also biases the thermal heating element against tissue, thereby stabilizing the thermal element.
[00302] The apparatus may further comprise a second thermal element coupled to the second or intermediate flexure zone, wherein the second thermal element is configured to contact the first wall region of the peripheral blood vessel.
[00303] The distal flexure zone separates the thermal element from the elongated shaft. In certain embodiments of the disclosure, the apparatus may have only one flexure zone, i.e. a distal flexure zone. The distal flexure zone having the flexible structure creates a region of electrical isolation between the thermal element and the rest of the elongated shaft, whereby the thermal element is operatively coupled to the rest of the apparatus via at least one supply wire.
[00304] In one embodiment, the distal flexure zone is approximately 2 to 5 mm in length. In other embodiments, however, the distal flexure zone can be as long as about 1 cm.
[00305] In some embodiments, the length of the intermediate flexure zone can range from approximately 5 mm to 15 mm. In other embodiments, particularly for treatments in relatively long blood vessels, the length of the intermediate flexure zone can be as long as about 20 mm. In another embodiment, the length of the intermediate flexure zone can be about 12.5 mm.
[00306] A flexure control element may be coupled to the first or second flexure zones, or proximal, or intermediate flexural zones. The flexure control element is configured to apply a force to the coupled zone such that the zone flexes in a radial direction from the axis of the longitudinal axis of the zone. The flexure control element may be carried by the handle assembly.
[00307] A flexure controller is coupled to the flexure control element and can be operated to cause the flexure control element to apply a first force suitable to flex or move the respective zone that is coupled to the flexure control element. The flexure controller may be part of or coupled to the handle assembly of the apparatus, catheter apparatus or device.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -83- [00308] The flexure control element and flexure controller may be part of a control mechanism coupled to first, second, proximal, or intermediate zones. The control mechanism may include a flexure controller in the form of a control wire attached/coupled to the distal end portion of the respective zone. The control wire may be passed proximally through or alongside the elongated shaft of the apparatus/device and coupled to a flexure controller in the form of an actuator on or part of the handle assembly.
[00309] Operation of the actuator by the caregiver pulling proximally on or pushing forward the actuator pulls the control wire back to apply a compressive and/or bending force to the coupled flexure zone resulting in bending. The compressive force in combination with the optional directionally biased stiffness of the flexure zone deflects the flexure zone and, thereby, radially moves the flexure zone with respect to its longitudinal axis.
[00310] Desirably, as described in more detail above, the distal end region of the elongated shaft can be sized and configured to vary the stiffness of the flexure zone(s) about its circumference. The variable circumferential stiffness imparts preferential and directional bending to the flexure zone (i.e., directionally biased stiffness). In response to operation of the actuator, the flexure zone may be configured to bend in a single preferential direction. The compressive and/or bending force and resulting directional bending from the deflection of the flexure zone has the consequence of altering the axial stiffness of the flexure zone. The actuation of the control wire serves to increase the axial stiffness of the flexure zone. The directionally biased stiffness of the flexure zone causes the flexure zone to move in a predetermined radial direction in response to a first force applied by the flexure control element.
[00311] The stiffness of each of the flexure zones, such as the first and the second flexure zones, can apply via the thermal element a stabilizing force that positions the thermal element in substantially secure contact with the tissue surface during actuation of the flexure control element. This stabilizing force also influences the amount of tissue surface contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio). In one embodiment, for example, the stabilizing force may
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -84- cause at least twenty-five percent of the total surface area of the thermal element to contact the tissue surface.
[00312] A second flexure element is part of or coupled to the distal flexure zone, which may be the second or third flexure zone. The second flexure element is also coupled to the thermal element. The second flexure element has mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent of the proximal flexure zone and the intermediate flexure zone, at a preferred treatment angle α3. The second flexure element may be or have a flexible structure.
[00313] A flexible structure accommodates passive flexure of the thermal element in any plane through the axis of the elongated shaft. The thermal element may flex up to ninety degrees, or less than or equal to ninety degrees from the axis.
[00314] The flexible structure may be in the form of a thread, such as a polymer thread. It is desirable for thread be comprised of Kevlar or similar polymer thread. The thread may be encased in or covered with a coating or wrapping, such as a polymer coating. The thread may be covered with a polymer laminate, coating, or sheath that can be comprised of any electrically insulative material, and particularly those listed above with respect to the sheath (e.g., carbothane). The flexible structure may further comprise a metal coil.
[00315] The thread may mechanically couple the flexible structure to at least one of the thermal element and the elongated shaft. In one embodiment, the thread is routed through a proximal anchor, which is attached to the distal end of a flexure zone (e.g., intermediate flexure zone), and a distal anchor, which is fixed within or integrated into the thermal element using solder.
[00316] The flexible structure can include, for example, a spring-like flexible tubular structure as described in more detail above. Alternatively, the flexible structure may be in the form of a tubular metal coil, cable, braid or polymer. The flexible structure can take the form of an oval, rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer. In alternate embodiments, the flexible structure may comprise other mechanical structures or systems that allow the thermal element to pivot in at least one plane of movement. For example, the flexible structure may comprise a hinge or ball/socket combination.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -85- [00317] Not under the direct control of the physician, passive flexure of the second flexure element at the distal flexure zone occurs in response to contact between the thermal element and wall tissue occasioned by the radial deflection of the thermal element at the first, second or intermediate flexure zone.
[00318] The force transmitting section is sized and configured for transmitting along a compound flexure or compound structure of the elongated shaft.
[00319] A compound structure in the elongated shaft is formed by the flexure of the proximal, intermediate, and distal flexure zones. The compound structure positions a thermal element carried by the distal flexure zone for placement in contact with tissue along the intravascular path,
[00320] A connector on or carried by the handle assembly is configured to connect the thermal element to a thermal energy source. The connector may be a cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly. The energy source may be a generator or any other energy source. At least one supply wire may pass along the elongated shaft or through a lumen in the elongated shaft from the cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly to convey the energy to the thermal element.
[00321] The energy supplied to the thermal element may be at least one of radiofrequency, microwave energy, ultrasound energy, laser/light energy, thermal fluid, and cryogenic fluid. The thermal element may be an electrode for applying radiofrequency energy.
[00322] Additionally, a sensor such as a temperature sensor (e.g., thermocouple, thermistor, etc.), optical sensor, microsensor or impedance sensor can be located adjacent to, on or within the thermal element. The sensor can monitor a parameter of the apparatus and/or the tissue surface. The sensor may be connected to one or more supply wires. With two supply wires, one wire could convey the energy to the thermal heating element and one wire could transmit the signal from the sensor. Alternatively, both wires could transmit energy to the thermal heating element.
[00323] A feedback control system is configured to alter treatment delivered to the tissue surface in response to the monitored parameter. The feedback control system may form part of the catheter or may be attached to the energy source, such
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -86- as a generator. The feedback control system may be a processor coupled to the catheter or the energy source. The sensor data can be acquired or monitored by the feedback control system prior to, simultaneous with, or after the delivery of energy or in between pulses of energy, when applicable. The monitored data may be used in a feedback loop to better control therapy, e.g., to determine whether to continue or stop treatment, and it may facilitate controlled delivery of an increased or reduced power or a longer or shorter duration therapy.
[00324] The feedback control system, such as the generator, can include an algorithm for controlling the delivery/output of energy to the thermal element. The algorithm can be implemented, for example, as a conventional computer program for execution by a processor coupled to the energy source.
[00325] The handle assembly may comprise a rotator coupled to the elongated shaft and configured to rotate the elongated shaft about the axis without rotating the handle assembly. The rotator can comprise a rotational limiting element configured to prevent rotation of the elongated shaft beyond a predetermined number of revolutions.
[00326] The rotational limiting element may be in the form of an axial groove and the distal portion of the handle assembly can include a fitting interface having a helical channel, A traveling element, for example in the form of a ball comprising stainless steel, another metal, or a polymer, can be placed within the fitting interface so that it, upon rotation of the fitting, may simultaneously travel within the helical channel of the fitting interface and along the axial groove of the fitting. When the balLreaches the end of the channel and/or groove, the ball will no longer move and, consequently, the fitting will not be able to rotate any further in that direction, i.e. the travel of the traveling element is limited by the structural confines of the interface. The rotational fitting and handle fitting interface can be configured to allow for the optimal number of revolutions for the shaft, given structural or dimensional constraints (e.g., wires). For example, the components of the handle assembly could be configured to allow for two revolutions of the shaft independent of the handle assembly.
[00327] A controlled flexure zone may comprise a first or proximal flexure zone or second or intermediate flexure zone. The controlled flexure zone refers to the
57856-8021. WO00/LEGAL17467783.1 -87- part of the elongated shaft that may be controlled by a remotely controlled element. The controlled flexure zone may be in the form of a tubular structure.
[00328] A remotely controlled element may be in the form of, but is not limited to, a control wire attached to the distal end of the controlled flexure zone. The control wire may be passed proximally through the elongated shaft of the apparatus and coupled to an actuator on or part of the handle assembly. An operator may remotely operate the actuator by pulling proximally on or pushing forward the actuator and pulling the control wire back to apply a compressive and/or bending force to the flexure zone resulting in bending. The compressive force in combination with the optional directionally biased stiffness of the controlled flexure zone deflects the controlled flexure zone and, thereby, radially moves the controlled flexure zone with respect to its longitudinal axis.
[00329] Desirably, as described in more detail above, the distal end region of the elongated shaft can be sized and configured to vary the stiffness of the flexure zone(s) about its circumference. The variable circumferential stiffness imparts preferential and directional bending to the controlled flexure zone (i.e., directionally biased stiffness). This enables the flexure of the controlled flexure zone in a predetermined radial direction. In response to operation of the actuator, the controlled flexure zone may be configured to bend in a single preferential direction. The compressive and bending force and resulting directional bending from the deflection of the controlled flexure zone has the consequence of altering the axial stiffness of the controlled flexure zone. The actuation of the control wire serves to increase the axial stiffness of the controlled flexure zone. The directionally biased stiffness of the controlled flexure zone causes the flexure zone to move in a predetermined radial direction in response to a first force applied by the flexure control element.
[00330] The stiffness of the controlled zone can apply via the thermal element a stabilizing force that positions the thermal element in substantially secure contact with the tissue surface, during actuation of the flexure control element. This stabilizing force also influences the amount of tissue surface contact achieved by the thermal heating element (i.e., the ASA to TSA ratio). In one embodiment, for
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -88- example, the stabilizing force may cause at least twenty-five percent of the total surface area of the thermal element to contact the tissue surface.
[00331] The controlled flexure zone in the form of a tubular structure may provide the directionally biased stiffness. The tubular structure may be made of a metal material, e.g. of stainless steel, or a shape memory alloy, e.g., nickel titanium (a.k.a., nitinol or NiTi), to possess the requisite axial stiffness and torsional stiffness. The tubular structure may comprise a tubular polymer or metal/polymer composite having segments with different stiffnesses. The tubular structure may be in the form of an oval, or rectangular, or flattened metal coil or polymer having segments with different stiffnesses.
[00332] The tubular structure, when made from metal, may be laser cut. For example, the tubular structure may be laser cut along its length to provide a bendable, spring-like structure. The tubular structure can include a laser-cut pattern having a spine with a plurality of connecting ribs. The pattern biases the deflection of the tubular structure, in response to pulling on the control flexure element coupled to the distal end of the tubular structure, toward a desired direction. The directionally- biased stiffness of the tubular structure may be determined by the location of the spine in relation to the plurality of connecting ribs on the tubular structure.
[00333] The tubular structure may further comprise a polymer laminate, coating, or sheath.
[00334] An unrestrained flexure zone is distal to the controlled flexure zone. The unrestrained flexure zone has or is coupled to a thermal or tissue heating element. The unrestrained flexure zone has mechanical properties that accommodate additional flexure or bending, independent to or in response to the flexure of the controlled flexure zone. The unrestrained flexure zone may have or be coupled to a flexible structure as described in more detail above.
[00335] The apparatus may further comprise a second thermal element coupled to the controlled flexure zone, wherein the second thermal element is configured to contact the first wall region of the peripheral blood vessel.
[00336] A connector on or carried by the handle assembly is configured to connect the thermal element to a thermal energy source. The connector may be a
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -89- cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly. The energy source may be a generator or any other energy source. At least one supply wire may pass along the elongated shaft or through a lumen in the elongated shaft from the cable plugged into or operatively attached to the handle assembly to convey the energy to the thermal element.
[00337] The elongated shaft may be configured for rotation within the peripheral blood vessel when the controlled flexure zone is in flexure against the first wall region and when the thermal element is in contact with the second wall region. Rotation of the elongated shaft positions the controlled flexure zone against a third wall region and positions the thermal element against a fourth wall region, wherein the third wall region is circumferentially offset from the first wall region and the fourth wall region is circumferentially offset from the second wall region, and wherein the third wall region is generally opposite the fourth wall region.
[00338] As described in more detail above, the apparatus of the disclosure may form part of a system. The system may further comprise instructions that command the energy generator/source to deliver energy to the thermal element according to a predetermined energy delivery profile. The predetermined energy delivery profile may comprise increasing energy delivery to a predetermined power level for a first period of time, maintaining energy delivery at the first power level for a second period of time; and increasing energy delivery to a second power level if the temperature value is less than a preset threshold following the second period of time.
[00339] As described in more detail above, the apparatus of the disclosure may be provided in the form of a kit, such as a medical kit. The kit may further comprise a cable configured to electrically connect the catheter apparatus to the thermal energy source and a dispersive electrode configured to provide a return path for an energy field from the catheter. The kit may further comprise one or more guide catheters (e.g., a renal guide catheter). The cable can also be integrated into the apparatus such that both components are packaged together. Each component may have its own sterile packaging (for components requiring sterilization) or the components may have dedicated sterilized compartments within the kit packaging.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -90- [00340] The kit may further comprise instructions for delivering the catheter apparatus into a renal artery of the patient and at least partially denervating the kidney corresponding to the renal artery to treat the patient for a condition associated with at least one of hypertension, heart failure, kidney disease, chronic renal failure, sympathetic hyperactivity, diabetes, metabolic disorder, arrhythmia, acute myocardial infarction and cardio-renal syndrome
IX. Conclusion
[00341] The above detailed descriptions of embodiments of the invention are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed above. Although specific embodiments of, and examples for, the invention are described above for illustrative purposes, various equivalent modifications are possible within the scope of the invention, as those skilled in the relevant art will recognize. For example, while steps are presented in a given order, alternative embodiments may perform steps in a different order. The various embodiments described herein can also be combined to provide further embodiments.
[00342] From the foregoing, it will be appreciated that specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, but well-known structures and functions have not been shown or described in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring the description of the embodiments of the invention. Where the context permits, singular or plural terms may also include the plural or singular term, respectively. For example, much of the disclosure herein describes a thermal heating element 24 or electrode 46 in the singular. It should be understood that this application does not exclude two or more thermal heating elements or electrodes. In one embodiment representative of a multi-electrode configuration, a second electrode could be placed on the intermediate flexure zone 34 opposite the direction of deflection of the intermediate flexure zone 34 such that the second electrode could deliver treatment to the vessel wall at or near contact region 124. This approach would allow two spaced apart treatments per position of the treatment device, one distal treatment via the first electrode 46 and one proximal treatment via the second electrode.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -91 - [00343] Moreover, unless the word "or" is expressly limited to mean only a single item exclusive from the other items in reference to a list of two or more items, then the use of "or" in such a list is to be interpreted as including (a) any single item in the list, (b) all of the items in the list, or (c) any combination of the items in the list. Additionally, the term "comprising" is used throughout to mean including at least the recited feature(s) such that any greater number of the same feature and/or additional types of other features are not precluded. It will also be appreciated that specific embodiments have been described herein for purposes of illustration, but that various modifications may be made without deviating from the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -92-

Claims

CLAIMSI/We claim:
1. A catheter apparatus, comprising: an elongated shaft extending along an axis, the elongated shaft comprising a proximal end region and a distal end region, the distal region including a first flexure zone and a second flexure zone adjacent to and extending distally beyond the first flexure zone; a handle assembly coupled to the proximal end region; a thermal element carried by and extending distally beyond the second flexure zone; a flexure control element coupled to the first flexure zone and configured to apply a first force to the first flexure zone to move the first flexure zone of the distal region of the elongated shaft in a radial direction away from the axis; a flexible structure within the second flexure zone that is coupled to the thermal element and configured to allow passive flexure about the axis in response to a second force applied to the thermal element via contact with a tissue surface; a flexure controller carried by the handle assembly and coupled to the flexure control element, wherein the flexure controller is configured to cause the flexure control element to apply the first force to move the first flexure zone; and a connector carried by the handle assembly and configured to connect the thermal element to a thermal energy source; wherein the thermal element is configured to apply treatment to a tissue region adjacent to the tissue surface.
2. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 wherein the first flexure zone is configured to move in a predetermined radial direction in response to the first force applied by the flexure control element.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -93-
3. The catheter apparatus of of claim 1 wherein the flexure control element comprises a wire coupled to a distal portion of the first flexure zone, and wherein the first force applied to the first flexure zone is a bending or compressive force resulting from actuation of the flexure controller.
4. The catheter apparatus of of claim 1 , further comprising a sensor adjacent to, on, or within the thermal element, and wherein the sensor is configured to monitor a parameter of at least one of the apparatus and the tissue surface.
5. The catheter apparatus of claim 4 wherein the sensor is at least one of a temperature sensor, impedance sensor, optical sensor, or micro sensor.
6. The catheter apparatus of of claim 4, further comprising a feedback control system configured to alter treatment delivered to the tissue surface in response to the monitored parameter.
7. The catheter apparatus of claim 6 wherein the feedback control system comprises an algorithm for controlling output of the thermal energy source.
8. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 wherein the flexure control element and the flexible structure are configured to mutually create, via the first flexure zone and the second flexure zone, a stabilizing force between the thermal element and the tissue surface.
9. The catheter apparatus of claim 8 wherein the stabilizing force causes at least twenty-five percent of the total surface area of the thermal element to contact the tissue surface.
10. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 wherein the thermal element is configured to apply treatment to the tissue region using at least one of radiofrequency energy, microwave energy, ultrasound energy, laser/light energy, thermal fluid, and cryogenic fluid.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -94-
11. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 wherein the thermal element comprises an electrode for applying radiofrequency energy to tissue.
12. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 , further comprising a radiopaque marker configured to facilitate angiographic visualization of the catheter apparatus.
13. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 wherein the handle assembly comprises a rotator coupled to the elongated shaft and configured to rotate the elongated shaft about the axis without rotating the handle assembly, and wherein the rotator comprises a rotational limiting element configured to prevent rotation of the elongated shaft beyond a predetermined number of revolutions.
14. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 wherein the catheter apparatus is a component of a medical treatment kit, and wherein the medical treatment kit further comprises a cable configured to electrically connect the catheter apparatus to the thermal energy source and a dispersive electrode configured to provide a return path for an energy field from the catheter apparatus.
15. The catheter apparatus of claim 1 , further comprising instructions for delivering the catheter apparatus into a renal artery of the patient and at least partially denervating a kidney of the patient corresponding to the renal artery to treat the patient for a condition associated with at least one of hypertension, heart failure, kidney disease, chronic renal failure, sympathetic hyperactivity, diabetes, metabolic disorder, arrhythmia, acute myocardial infarction and cardio-renal syndrome.
16. A catheter apparatus, comprising: a thermal element; an elongated shaft extending along an axis; and a distal flexure zone separating the thermal element and the elongated shaft, wherein the distal flexure zone is configured to carry the thermal element and facilitate stable contact between the thermal element and a tissue surface, and further wherein the distal flexure zone comprises a flexible structure that accommodates passive flexure in any plane
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -95- through the axis during contact between the thermal element and the tissue surface.
17. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the flexible structure is configured for up to ninety degrees of flexure from the axis.
18. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the distal flexure zone electrically isolates the thermal element from the elongated shaft.
19. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the distal flexure zone is configured to facilitate stable contact between a side of the thermal element and the tissue surface.
20. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the flexible structure comprises a polymer.
21. The catheter apparatus of claim 20 wherein the flexible structure further comprises a polymer thread.
22. The catheter apparatus of claim 21 wherein the polymer thread mechanically couples the flexible structure to at least one of the thermal element and the elongated shaft.
23. The catheter apparatus of claim 21 wherein the polymer thread comprises a Kevlar thread.
24. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the flexible structure further comprises a polymer laminate, coating or sheath.
25. The catheter apparatus of claim 24 wherein the polymer laminate, coating, or sheath comprises carbothane.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1
26. The catheter apparatus of claim 24 wherein the flexible structure further comprises a metal coil.
27. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the thermal element is configured to apply treatment to a tissue region adjacent to the tissue surface using at least one of radiofrequency energy, microwave energy, ultrasound energy, laser/light energy, thermal fluid, and cryogenic fluid.
28. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the thermal element comprises an electrode for applying radiofrequency energy to tissue.
29. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the catheter apparatus is a component of a medical treatment kit, and wherein the medical treatment kit further comprises a cable configured to electrically connect the catheter apparatus to an energy source and a dispersive electrode configured to provide a return path for an energy field from the catheter apparatus.
30. The catheter apparatus of claim 16, further comprising instructions for delivering the catheter apparatus into a renal artery of the patient and at least partially denervating a kidney of the patient corresponding to the renal artery to treat the patient for a condition associated with at least one of hypertension, heart failure, kidney disease, chronic renal failure, sympathetic hyperactivity, diabetes, metabolic disorder, arrhythmia, acute myocardial infarction and cardio-renal syndrome.
31. The catheter apparatus of claim 16 wherein the distal flexure zone has a length of from about 2 millimeters to about 5 millimeters.
32. A catheter apparatus, comprising: an elongated shaft extending along an axis and comprising a controlled flexure zone and an unrestrained flexure zone coupled to and extending distally from the controlled flexure zone, the elongated shaft sized and configured for intravascular delivery into a peripheral blood vessel;
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -97- wherein the unrestrained flexure zone is configured to carry the thermal element; wherein the controlled flexure zone is sized and configured for placement into contact against a first wall region of the peripheral blood vessel and, in response to application of a force applied by a remotely controlled element, for flexure relative to the axis in a predetermined radial direction away from the first wall region toward a second wall region of the peripheral blood vessel generally opposite to the first wall region; wherein the unrestrained flexure zone is sized and configured, when the controlled flexure zone is in flexure against the first wall region, for unrestrained flexure relative to the axis to place a side of the thermal element into contact against the second wall region; and wherein the controlled flexure zone is configured to apply, when in flexure against the first wall region, through the unrestrained flexure zone a stabilizing force to the thermal element against the second wall region.
33. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the thermal element comprises a first thermal element, and wherein the catheter apparatus further comprises a second thermal element coupled to the controlled flexure zone, wherein the second thermal element is configured to contact the first wall region of the peripheral blood vessel.
34. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the elongated shaft is configured for rotation within the peripheral blood vessel when the controlled flexure zone is in flexure against the first wall region and when the thermal element is in contact with the second wall region, wherein rotation of the elongated shaft positions the controlled flexure zone against a third wall region and positions the thermal element against a fourth wall region, wherein the third wall region is circumferentially offset from the first wall region and the fourth wall region is circumferentially offset from the second wall region, and wherein the third wall region is generally opposite the fourth wall region.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1
35. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the remotely controlled element comprises a wire coupled to a distal portion of the controlled flexure zone, and wherein the force applied by the wire is a bending or compressive force against the controlled flexure zone.
36. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the controlled flexure zone comprises a tubular structure having a directionally-biased stiffness.
37. The catheter apparatus of claim 36 wherein the tubular structure comprises a laser-cut metal tube.
38. The catheter apparatus of claim 37 wherein the laser-cut metal tube comprises a spine and a plurality of ribs, and wherein the directionally-biased stiffness of the tubular structure is determined by the location of the spine in relation to the plurality of ribs on the tubular structure.
39. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the tubular structure further comprises a polymer laminate, coating or sheath.
40. The catheter apparatus of claim 32, further comprising a sensor adjacent to, on, or within the thermal element, and wherein the sensor is configured to monitor a parameter of at least one of the apparatus and the peripheral blood vessel.
41. The catheter apparatus of claim 40 wherein the sensor comprises at least one of a temperature sensor, impedance sensor, optical sensor or micro sensor.
42. The catheter apparatus of claim 40, further comprising a feedback control system configured to alter treatment delivered to the tissue surface in response to the monitored parameter.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1
43. The catheter apparatus of claim 42 wherein the feedback control system comprises an algorithm for controlling output of the thermal energy source.
44. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the thermal element is configured to apply treatment to neural tissue adjacent to the peripheral blood vessel using at least one of radiofrequency energy, microwave energy, ultrasound energy, laser/light energy, thermal fluid, and cryogenic fluid.
45. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the thermal element comprises an electrode for applying radiofrequency energy to tissue.
46. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the catheter apparatus is a component of a medical treatment kit, and wherein the medical treatment kit further comprises a cable configured to electrically connect the catheter apparatus to an energy source and a dispersive electrode configured to provide a return path for an energy field from the catheter apparatus.
47. The catheter apparatus of claim 32, further comprising instructions for delivering the catheter apparatus into a renal artery of the patient and at least partially denervating a kidney of the patient corresponding to the renal artery to treat the patient for a condition associated with at least one of hypertension, heart failure, kidney disease, chronic renal failure, sympathetic hyperactivity, diabetes, metabolic disorder, arrhythmia, acute myocardial infarction and cardio-renal syndrome.
48. The catheter apparatus of claim 32 wherein the controlled flexure zone has a length of from about 5 millimeters to about 15 millimeters.
57856-8021 WO00/LEGAL17467783 1 -100-
PCT/US2009/069334 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation WO2010078175A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SG2011047479A SG172801A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
MX2011007020A MX2011007020A (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation.
KR1020177005019A KR101751258B1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
BRPI0923912A BRPI0923912A2 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 catheter apparatus.
RU2011131923/14A RU2011131923A (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACHIEVING INTRACUTIVAL, THERMALLY INDUCED RENAL NEUROMODULATION
CN200980157662.7A CN102438690B (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus and systems for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
AU2009333040A AU2009333040B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
JP2011544509A JP5827128B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, system and method for achieving intravascular heat-induced renal neuromodulation therapy
NZ594338A NZ594338A (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
CA2748454A CA2748454C (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US12/759,641 US8808345B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2010-04-13 Handle assemblies for intravascular treatment devices and associated systems and methods
IL213854A IL213854A (en) 2008-12-31 2011-06-30 Catheter for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14212808P 2008-12-31 2008-12-31
US61/142,128 2008-12-31
US12/495,691 US20100168739A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-06-30 Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US12/495,691 2009-06-30
EP09168202A EP2206476A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-08-14 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
EP091679373 2009-08-14
EP09168204.7A EP2206477B1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-08-14 Apparatus for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
EP091682021 2009-08-14
EP091682047 2009-08-14
EP09167937A EP2204134B1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-08-14 Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US12/545,648 2009-08-21
US12/545,648 US8652129B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-08-21 Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/545,648 Continuation-In-Part US8652129B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-08-21 Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/759,641 Continuation-In-Part US8808345B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2010-04-13 Handle assemblies for intravascular treatment devices and associated systems and methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010078175A1 true WO2010078175A1 (en) 2010-07-08

Family

ID=41128969

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/069334 WO2010078175A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2009-12-22 Apparatus, systems and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (3) US20100168739A1 (en)
EP (7) EP2626022A3 (en)
JP (2) JP5827128B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101751258B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102438690B (en)
AT (1) ATE554718T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2009333040B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0923912A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2748454C (en)
ES (1) ES2386829T3 (en)
IL (1) IL213854A (en)
MX (1) MX2011007020A (en)
NZ (1) NZ594338A (en)
PL (1) PL2204134T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2204134E (en)
RU (1) RU2011131923A (en)
SG (1) SG172801A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2010078175A1 (en)

Cited By (87)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102274075A (en) * 2011-05-03 2011-12-14 上海微创电生理医疗科技有限公司 Multipolar punctiform electrode catheter for heat-induced kidney neuroregulation
US8131372B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-06 Ardian, Inc. Renal nerve stimulation method for treatment of patients
US8131371B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-06 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US8145317B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-27 Ardian, Inc. Methods for renal neuromodulation
US8145316B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-27 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US8150519B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US8150520B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods for catheter-based renal denervation
WO2012061153A1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2012-05-10 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
CN102551874A (en) * 2011-10-20 2012-07-11 上海微创电生理医疗科技有限公司 Renal artery radiofrequency ablation catheter
US8347891B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-01-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen
US8433423B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2013-04-30 Ardian, Inc. Methods for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US8473067B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2013-06-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation and stimulation employing wireless vascular energy transfer arrangement
US8504147B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2013-08-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for neuromodulation for treatment of pain and other disorders associated with nerve conduction
US8548600B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-10-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatuses for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US8620423B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-12-31 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for thermal modulation of nerves contributing to renal function
US8626300B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-01-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8652129B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2014-02-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
WO2014029355A1 (en) * 2012-08-24 2014-02-27 Symap Medical (Suzhou) , Ltd Device for mapping and ablating renal nerves distributed on the renal artery
US8684998B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-04-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for inhibiting renal nerve activity
US8728075B2 (en) 2010-04-26 2014-05-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Multi-directional deflectable catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation
US8771252B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking
US8774922B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheter apparatuses having expandable balloons for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US8774913B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for intravasculary-induced neuromodulation
CN103957981A (en) * 2011-08-24 2014-07-30 理查德·R·休瑟 Devices and methods for treating hypertension with energy
US8808345B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2014-08-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Handle assemblies for intravascular treatment devices and associated systems and methods
US8818514B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-08-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for intravascularly-induced neuromodulation
WO2014189794A1 (en) 2013-05-18 2014-11-27 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation catheters with shafts for enhanced flexibility and control and associated devices, systems, and methods
US8958871B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-02-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for pulsed electric field neuromodulation via an intra-to-extravascular approach
US8975233B2 (en) 2010-01-26 2015-03-10 Northwind Medical, Inc. Methods for renal denervation
US8974445B2 (en) 2009-01-09 2015-03-10 Recor Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for treatment of cardiac valve insufficiency
US8974451B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2015-03-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve ablation using conductive fluid jet and RF energy
US9023034B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-05-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal ablation electrode with force-activatable conduction apparatus
US9028485B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2015-05-12 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-expanding cooling electrode for renal nerve ablation
US9060761B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2015-06-23 Boston Scientific Scime, Inc. Catheter-focused magnetic field induced renal nerve ablation
US9084609B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2015-07-21 Boston Scientific Scime, Inc. Spiral balloon catheter for renal nerve ablation
US9089350B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2015-07-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with RF electrode and integral contrast dye injection arrangement
US9155589B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2015-10-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Sequential activation RF electrode set for renal nerve ablation
US9186209B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2015-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Nerve modulation system having helical guide
US9186210B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2015-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices including ablation electrodes
US9192790B2 (en) 2010-04-14 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Focused ultrasonic renal denervation
US9192715B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-11-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal nerve blocking
US9192435B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with cooled RF electrode
US9220558B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2015-12-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. RF renal denervation catheter with multiple independent electrodes
US9220561B2 (en) 2011-01-19 2015-12-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Guide-compatible large-electrode catheter for renal nerve ablation with reduced arterial injury
US9308043B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-04-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US9308044B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-04-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation
US9314644B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2016-04-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US9327122B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
US9327123B2 (en) 2011-11-07 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Endovascular nerve monitoring devices and associated systems and methods
US9326816B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation systems having nerve monitoring assemblies and associated devices, systems, and methods
US9326751B2 (en) 2010-11-17 2016-05-03 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Catheter guidance of external energy for renal denervation
US9339332B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2016-05-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation catheters with nerve monitoring features for transmitting digital neural signals and associated systems and methods
US9358365B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-06-07 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Precision electrode movement control for renal nerve ablation
US9375154B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2016-06-28 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd System and method for locating and identifying the functional nerves innervating the wall of arteries and catheters for same
US9408661B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-08-09 Patrick A. Haverkost RF electrodes on multiple flexible wires for renal nerve ablation
US9439722B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2016-09-13 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Ablation targeting nerves in or near the inferior vena cava and/or abdominal aorta for treatment of hypertension
US9439726B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-09-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation
US9463062B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-10-11 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Cooled conductive balloon RF catheter for renal nerve ablation
US9510777B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2016-12-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Monitoring of neuromodulation using biomarkers
US9579030B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2017-02-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Percutaneous devices and methods to visualize, target and ablate nerves
US9668811B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2017-06-06 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Minimally invasive access for renal nerve ablation
WO2017105351A1 (en) * 2015-12-15 2017-06-22 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Method and deployable multi-spine apparatus for catheter-based renal denervation
US9820811B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2017-11-21 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd System and method for mapping the functional nerves innervating the wall of arteries, 3-D mapping and catheters for same
US9980766B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-05-29 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for renal neuromodulation
US10076384B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2018-09-18 Symple Surgical, Inc. Balloon catheter apparatus with microwave emitter
US10080864B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-09-25 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Packaging for catheter treatment devices and associated devices, systems, and methods
KR101912960B1 (en) 2010-10-25 2018-10-29 메드트로닉 아르디언 룩셈부르크 에스에이알엘 Catheter Appratuses having Multi-Electrode Arrays for Renal Neuromodulation and Associated Systems and Methods
US10194980B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-02-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
US10194979B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-02-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
CN109414284A (en) * 2016-05-20 2019-03-01 美国宾得公司 Cryogenic ablation system with rotatable and translatable conduit
US10231784B2 (en) 2016-10-28 2019-03-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for optimizing perivascular neuromodulation therapy using computational fluid dynamics
US10368775B2 (en) 2014-10-01 2019-08-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for evaluating neuromodulation therapy via hemodynamic responses
US10433902B2 (en) 2013-10-23 2019-10-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Current control methods and systems
US10485968B2 (en) 2015-10-20 2019-11-26 The University Of Melbourne Medical device for sensing and or stimulating tissue
US10512504B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2019-12-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Multi-electrode catheter assemblies for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US10543037B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-01-28 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Controlled neuromodulation systems and methods of use
US10575783B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2020-03-03 Synchron Australia Pty Limited Methods for sensing or stimulating activity of tissue
US10610292B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2020-04-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems, and methods for monitoring and/or controlling deployment of a neuromodulation element within a body lumen and related technology
US10729530B2 (en) 2015-10-20 2020-08-04 Nicholas Lachlan OPIE Endovascular device for sensing and or stimulating tissue
US10737067B2 (en) 2013-08-01 2020-08-11 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Guiding catheter for renal artery and method for using the same
US10874455B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2020-12-29 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Ovarian neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US11154712B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2021-10-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for assessing efficacy of renal neuromodulation and associated systems and devices
US11298174B2 (en) 2008-11-21 2022-04-12 Pentax Of America, Inc. Cryogenic ablation system and method
US11324408B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2022-05-10 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd Mapping sympathetic nerve distribution for renal ablation and catheters for same
US11457972B2 (en) 2010-11-17 2022-10-04 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Sympathetic state evaluation for renal neuromodulation therapy
US11633120B2 (en) 2018-09-04 2023-04-25 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for assessing efficacy of renal neuromodulation therapy
US11832965B2 (en) 2018-10-06 2023-12-05 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Limited System and method for mapping the functional nerves innervating the wall of arteries, 3-D mapping and catheters for same

Families Citing this family (154)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8016823B2 (en) 2003-01-18 2011-09-13 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical instrument and method of use
US9433457B2 (en) 2000-12-09 2016-09-06 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical instruments and techniques for thermally-mediated therapies
US8444636B2 (en) 2001-12-07 2013-05-21 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical instrument and method of use
US20040082859A1 (en) 2002-07-01 2004-04-29 Alan Schaer Method and apparatus employing ultrasound energy to treat body sphincters
JP2007504910A (en) 2003-09-12 2007-03-08 ミノウ・メディカル・エルエルシイ Selectable biased reshaping and / or excision of atherosclerotic material
US8579892B2 (en) 2003-10-07 2013-11-12 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical system and method of use
US8396548B2 (en) 2008-11-14 2013-03-12 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Selective drug delivery in a lumen
US9713730B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2017-07-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Apparatus and method for treatment of in-stent restenosis
US7937143B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2011-05-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for inducing controlled renal neuromodulation
US7519253B2 (en) 2005-11-18 2009-04-14 Omni Sciences, Inc. Broadband or mid-infrared fiber light sources
US8019435B2 (en) 2006-05-02 2011-09-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Control of arterial smooth muscle tone
EP2021846B1 (en) 2006-05-19 2017-05-03 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Ablation device with optimized input power profile
WO2008049082A2 (en) 2006-10-18 2008-04-24 Minnow Medical, Inc. Inducing desirable temperature effects on body tissue
EP2954868A1 (en) 2006-10-18 2015-12-16 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Tuned rf energy and electrical tissue characterization for selective treatment of target tissues
AU2007310991B2 (en) 2006-10-18 2013-06-20 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. System for inducing desirable temperature effects on body tissue
US9924992B2 (en) 2008-02-20 2018-03-27 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical system and method of use
US8721632B2 (en) 2008-09-09 2014-05-13 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Methods for delivering energy into a target tissue of a body
US8768469B2 (en) 2008-08-08 2014-07-01 Enteromedics Inc. Systems for regulation of blood pressure and heart rate
WO2010019481A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Conceptx Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating dyspnea, including via electrical afferent signal blocking
CN102271603A (en) 2008-11-17 2011-12-07 明诺医学股份有限公司 Selective accumulation of energy with or without knowledge of tissue topography
US11284931B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2022-03-29 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical systems and methods for ablating and absorbing tissue
US20110257563A1 (en) * 2009-10-26 2011-10-20 Vytronus, Inc. Methods and systems for ablating tissue
CN102596320B (en) 2009-10-30 2016-09-07 瑞蔻医药有限公司 Method and apparatus by percutaneous ultrasound ripple Renal denervation treatment hypertension
US20110112400A1 (en) * 2009-11-06 2011-05-12 Ardian, Inc. High intensity focused ultrasound catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation
US8900223B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2014-12-02 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Tissue ablation systems and methods of use
US9161801B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2015-10-20 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical system and method of use
US20110263921A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-10-27 Anthony Vrba Patterned Denervation Therapy for Innervated Renal Vasculature
WO2011084863A2 (en) 2010-01-07 2011-07-14 Cheetah Omni, Llc Fiber lasers and mid-infrared light sources in methods and systems for selective biological tissue processing and spectroscopy
EP2555699B1 (en) 2010-04-09 2019-04-03 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Power generating and control apparatus for the treatment of tissue
US9943353B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-04-17 Tsunami Medtech, Llc Medical system and method of use
CN103200893A (en) * 2010-09-07 2013-07-10 波士顿科学西美德公司 Self-powered ablation catheter for renal denervation
US9084610B2 (en) 2010-10-21 2015-07-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation
US10792096B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2020-10-06 Baylis Medical Company Inc. Medical device having a support structure
ES2912362T3 (en) 2010-11-09 2022-05-25 Aegea Medical Inc Method of placement and apparatus for delivering steam to the uterus
AU2011329669B2 (en) * 2010-11-19 2016-07-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve detection and ablation apparatus and method
US20120157993A1 (en) 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Jenson Mark L Bipolar Off-Wall Electrode Device for Renal Nerve Ablation
CN104135960B (en) 2011-10-07 2017-06-06 埃杰亚医疗公司 A kind of uterine therapy device
WO2013055815A1 (en) 2011-10-11 2013-04-18 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Off -wall electrode device for nerve modulation
US9420955B2 (en) 2011-10-11 2016-08-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Intravascular temperature monitoring system and method
US9364284B2 (en) 2011-10-12 2016-06-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Method of making an off-wall spacer cage
EP2768568B1 (en) 2011-10-18 2020-05-06 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Integrated crossing balloon catheter
EP2768563B1 (en) 2011-10-18 2016-11-09 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable medical devices
WO2013059737A2 (en) * 2011-10-19 2013-04-25 Nitinol Devices And Components, Inc. Tissue treatment device and related methods
CN104023662B (en) 2011-11-08 2018-02-09 波士顿科学西美德公司 Hole portion renal nerve melts
US9119600B2 (en) 2011-11-15 2015-09-01 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and methods for renal nerve modulation monitoring
US9119632B2 (en) 2011-11-21 2015-09-01 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable renal nerve ablation catheter
US9192766B2 (en) 2011-12-02 2015-11-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation methods and devices for treatment of polycystic kidney disease
KR102067583B1 (en) 2011-12-09 2020-01-17 메타벤션, 인크. Therapeutic neuromodulation of the hepatic system
US9265969B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2016-02-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods for modulating cell function
EP3138521B1 (en) 2011-12-23 2019-05-29 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Apparatuses for remodeling tissue of or adjacent to a body passage
US9433760B2 (en) 2011-12-28 2016-09-06 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and methods for nerve modulation using a novel ablation catheter with polymeric ablative elements
US9050106B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-06-09 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Off-wall electrode device and methods for nerve modulation
CN104159535A (en) * 2012-01-17 2014-11-19 波士顿科学西美德公司 Renal nerve modulation devices and methods for making and using the same
WO2013116380A1 (en) 2012-01-30 2013-08-08 Vytronus, Inc. Tissue necrosis methods and apparatus
WO2013134543A1 (en) * 2012-03-08 2013-09-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg Sarl Immune system neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US9439598B2 (en) 2012-04-12 2016-09-13 NeuroMedic, Inc. Mapping and ablation of nerves within arteries and tissues
CN107693114A (en) 2012-04-24 2018-02-16 西比姆公司 The catheter in blood vessel and method extractd for carotid body
WO2013169927A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve modulation devices
WO2013181660A1 (en) 2012-06-01 2013-12-05 Cibiem, Inc. Methods and devices for cryogenic carotid body ablation
US9398930B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2016-07-26 Cibiem, Inc. Percutaneous methods and devices for carotid body ablation
US9955946B2 (en) 2014-03-12 2018-05-01 Cibiem, Inc. Carotid body ablation with a transvenous ultrasound imaging and ablation catheter
EP2866669A4 (en) 2012-06-30 2016-04-20 Cibiem Inc Carotid body ablation via directed energy
US9381063B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2016-07-05 Magnetecs Inc. Method and apparatus for magnetically guided catheter for renal denervation employing MOSFET sensor array
WO2014032016A1 (en) 2012-08-24 2014-02-27 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Intravascular catheter with a balloon comprising separate microporous regions
CN104780859B (en) * 2012-09-17 2017-07-25 波士顿科学西美德公司 Self-positioning electrode system and method for renal regulation
WO2014047411A1 (en) 2012-09-21 2014-03-27 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. System for nerve modulation and innocuous thermal gradient nerve block
WO2014047454A2 (en) 2012-09-21 2014-03-27 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-cooling ultrasound ablation catheter
US10835305B2 (en) 2012-10-10 2020-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve modulation devices and methods
CN102860867B (en) * 2012-10-15 2014-11-05 陈平根 Multi-electrode radio frequency ablation catheter and design method thereof
WO2014066439A1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2014-05-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg Sarl Catheters with enhanced flexibility
US9044575B2 (en) 2012-10-22 2015-06-02 Medtronic Adrian Luxembourg S.a.r.l. Catheters with enhanced flexibility and associated devices, systems, and methods
US9770593B2 (en) * 2012-11-05 2017-09-26 Pythagoras Medical Ltd. Patient selection using a transluminally-applied electric current
CN104902836B (en) 2012-11-05 2017-08-08 毕达哥拉斯医疗有限公司 Controlled tissue melts
US20140228875A1 (en) 2013-02-08 2014-08-14 Nidus Medical, Llc Surgical device with integrated visualization and cauterization
WO2014163987A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-10-09 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for modulating nerves
US9693821B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-07-04 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for modulating nerves
EP4052673A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2022-09-07 Baylis Medical Company Inc. Medical device for puncturing tissue
US9808311B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-11-07 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable medical devices
CN106178294B (en) 2013-03-14 2018-11-20 瑞蔻医药有限公司 A kind of endovascular ablation system based on ultrasound
EP2967714B1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2022-05-11 Baylis Medical Company Inc. Electrosurgical device having a lumen
WO2014159273A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Recor Medical, Inc. Methods of plating or coating ultrasound transducers
US9186197B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-11-17 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device for treating pain
US9131975B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-09-15 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device
US10265122B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-04-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Nerve ablation devices and related methods of use
JP6220044B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-10-25 ボストン サイエンティフィック サイムド,インコーポレイテッドBoston Scientific Scimed,Inc. Medical device for renal nerve ablation
US9033966B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-05-19 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device
US9198707B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-12-01 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device and method
US9241754B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-01-26 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device
US9023022B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-05-05 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device having release instrument
AU2014237950B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-04-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Control unit for use with electrode pads and a method for estimating an electrical leakage
US9023023B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-05-05 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue ablation device
EP2990070A4 (en) 2013-04-26 2016-12-07 Terumo Corp Ablation catheter
KR102363552B1 (en) 2013-05-30 2022-02-15 그라함 에이치. 크리시 Topical neurological stimulation
US11229789B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2022-01-25 Neurostim Oab, Inc. Neuro activator with controller
WO2014205388A1 (en) 2013-06-21 2014-12-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation balloon catheter with ride along electrode support
WO2014205399A1 (en) 2013-06-21 2014-12-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for renal nerve ablation having rotatable shafts
US9707036B2 (en) 2013-06-25 2017-07-18 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Devices and methods for nerve modulation using localized indifferent electrodes
EP3016605B1 (en) 2013-07-01 2019-06-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for renal nerve ablation
US10660698B2 (en) 2013-07-11 2020-05-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Devices and methods for nerve modulation
CN105377170A (en) 2013-07-11 2016-03-02 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Medical device with stretchable electrode assemblies
CN105682594B (en) 2013-07-19 2018-06-22 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Helical bipolar electrodes renal denervation dominates air bag
WO2015013301A1 (en) 2013-07-22 2015-01-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve ablation catheter having twist balloon
WO2015013205A1 (en) 2013-07-22 2015-01-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for renal nerve ablation
US20150031946A1 (en) 2013-07-24 2015-01-29 Nidus Medical, Llc Direct vision cryosurgical probe and methods of use
EP4049605A1 (en) 2013-08-22 2022-08-31 Boston Scientific Scimed Inc. Flexible circuit having improved adhesion to a renal nerve modulation balloon
CN105555218B (en) 2013-09-04 2019-01-15 波士顿科学国际有限公司 With radio frequency (RF) foley's tube rinsed with cooling capacity
CN105530885B (en) 2013-09-13 2020-09-22 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Ablation balloon with vapor deposited covering
US9687288B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2017-06-27 Arrinex, Inc. Apparatus and methods for treating rhinitis
US9687166B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2017-06-27 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. High resolution cardiac mapping electrode array catheter
US11246654B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2022-02-15 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Flexible renal nerve ablation devices and related methods of use and manufacture
US9770606B2 (en) 2013-10-15 2017-09-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Ultrasound ablation catheter with cooling infusion and centering basket
CN105636537B (en) 2013-10-15 2018-08-17 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Medical instrument sacculus
WO2015057916A1 (en) * 2013-10-16 2015-04-23 Cibiem, Inc. Percutaneous methods and devices for carotid body ablation
EP3057521B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-03-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Balloon catheters with flexible conducting wires
US10271898B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2019-04-30 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Embedded thermocouple in denervation flex circuit
CN105899157B (en) 2014-01-06 2019-08-09 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Tear-proof flexible circuit assembly
CN106572881B (en) 2014-02-04 2019-07-26 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Substitution of the heat sensor on bipolar electrode is placed
US11000679B2 (en) 2014-02-04 2021-05-11 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Balloon protection and rewrapping devices and related methods of use
US10463424B2 (en) * 2014-03-11 2019-11-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheters with independent radial-expansion members and associated devices, systems, and methods
US20150289750A1 (en) * 2014-04-11 2015-10-15 Jeremy Stigall Imaging and treatment device
US9895190B2 (en) 2014-04-28 2018-02-20 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Devices and methods for radiofrequency ablation having at least two electrodes
US10478249B2 (en) 2014-05-07 2019-11-19 Pythagoras Medical Ltd. Controlled tissue ablation techniques
WO2015179666A1 (en) 2014-05-22 2015-11-26 Aegea Medical Inc. Systems and methods for performing endometrial ablation
US10179019B2 (en) 2014-05-22 2019-01-15 Aegea Medical Inc. Integrity testing method and apparatus for delivering vapor to the uterus
RU2554212C1 (en) * 2014-06-24 2015-06-27 Федеральное государственное бюджетное научное учреждение "Научно-исследовательский институт кардиологии" (НИИ кардиологии) Method of evaluating efficiency of radiofrequency ablation of renal arteries in patients with resistant arterial hypertension
US9763743B2 (en) 2014-07-25 2017-09-19 Arrinex, Inc. Apparatus and method for treating rhinitis
US11077301B2 (en) 2015-02-21 2021-08-03 NeurostimOAB, Inc. Topical nerve stimulator and sensor for bladder control
EP3278713B1 (en) 2015-03-30 2020-01-01 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Oct image processing device and method
US10383685B2 (en) 2015-05-07 2019-08-20 Pythagoras Medical Ltd. Techniques for use with nerve tissue
US10631893B2 (en) 2015-07-10 2020-04-28 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nerve and soft tissue removal device
KR101748032B1 (en) * 2015-09-03 2017-06-14 한국과학기술원 Method and System for Renal Denervation using Integrated Circuit embedded multi electrode
US10500354B2 (en) * 2015-09-25 2019-12-10 Sanmina Corporation System and method for atomizing and monitoring a drug cartridge during inhalation treatments
JP7125349B2 (en) 2016-02-11 2022-08-24 アリネックス, インコーポレイテッド Method and device for image-guided posterior nasal nerve ablation
CN114983553A (en) 2016-02-19 2022-09-02 埃杰亚医疗公司 Method and apparatus for determining the integrity of a body cavity
GB2563355B (en) * 2016-03-11 2021-01-06 Gyrus Acmi Inc Electrosurgical instrument
WO2017164119A1 (en) 2016-03-23 2017-09-28 テルモ株式会社 Medical device and treatment method
US11678932B2 (en) 2016-05-18 2023-06-20 Symap Medical (Suzhou) Limited Electrode catheter with incremental advancement
US10524859B2 (en) 2016-06-07 2020-01-07 Metavention, Inc. Therapeutic tissue modulation devices and methods
CN109600988B (en) 2016-06-15 2021-08-31 阿里内克斯股份有限公司 Device and method for treating the outer surface of the nasal cavity
WO2018038562A1 (en) * 2016-08-25 2018-03-01 주식회사 한독칼로스메디칼 Denervation catheter
KR102067773B1 (en) * 2016-08-25 2020-01-17 주식회사 한독칼로스메디칼 Catheter for denervation
US11253312B2 (en) 2016-10-17 2022-02-22 Arrinex, Inc. Integrated nasal nerve detector ablation-apparatus, nasal nerve locator, and methods of use
JP6866110B2 (en) * 2016-10-31 2021-04-28 日本ライフライン株式会社 Catheter for measuring esophageal temperature
JP7300999B2 (en) 2017-04-28 2023-06-30 アリネックス, インコーポレイテッド Systems and methods for locating blood vessels in the treatment of rhinitis
AU2018204841B2 (en) * 2017-07-05 2023-08-10 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for treating post-traumatic stress disorder in patients via renal neuromodulation
CN111601636A (en) 2017-11-07 2020-08-28 Oab神经电疗科技公司 Non-invasive neural activator with adaptive circuit
US11058444B2 (en) 2017-12-11 2021-07-13 Covidien Lp Electrically enhanced retrieval of material from vessel lumens
JP7254081B2 (en) * 2017-12-11 2023-04-07 コヴィディエン リミテッド パートナーシップ Material retrieval from electrically enhanced vessel lumen
CN108294821A (en) * 2018-01-24 2018-07-20 深圳市凯思特医疗科技股份有限公司 Laser imaging targeting ablation conduit
US20190388107A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Covidien Lp Electrically enhanced retrieval of material from vessel lumens
JP7284649B2 (en) * 2019-06-21 2023-05-31 株式会社メディカロイド electrosurgical instruments and covers
US11458311B2 (en) 2019-06-26 2022-10-04 Neurostim Technologies Llc Non-invasive nerve activator patch with adaptive circuit
KR20220115802A (en) 2019-12-16 2022-08-18 뉴로스팀 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 Non-invasive neural activator with boost charge transfer function
EP4190385A4 (en) * 2020-08-03 2024-01-24 Terumo Corp Catheter and method for engaging catheter

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040243102A1 (en) * 1994-02-14 2004-12-02 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Guide catheter having selected flexural modulus segments
US20070066972A1 (en) * 2001-11-29 2007-03-22 Medwaves, Inc. Ablation catheter apparatus with one or more electrodes
US20070265687A1 (en) * 2002-04-08 2007-11-15 Ardian, Inc. Apparatuses for renal neuromodulation

Family Cites Families (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3300668A1 (en) * 1983-01-11 1984-07-12 Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München ELECTRODE FOR MEDICAL APPLICATIONS
US4709698A (en) * 1986-05-14 1987-12-01 Thomas J. Fogarty Heatable dilation catheter
US4955377A (en) * 1988-10-28 1990-09-11 Lennox Charles D Device and method for heating tissue in a patient's body
US5037391A (en) * 1989-01-09 1991-08-06 Pilot Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Steerable angioplasty device
AU660444B2 (en) * 1991-02-15 1995-06-29 Ingemar H. Lundquist Torquable catheter and method
US5425364A (en) * 1991-02-15 1995-06-20 Cardiac Pathways Corporation Flexible strip assembly without feedthrough holes and device utilizing the same
US5437288A (en) * 1992-09-04 1995-08-01 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Flexible catheter guidewire
US5441483A (en) * 1992-11-16 1995-08-15 Avitall; Boaz Catheter deflection control
CA2109980A1 (en) * 1992-12-01 1994-06-02 Mir A. Imran Steerable catheter with adjustable bend location and/or radius and method
US6620188B1 (en) * 1998-08-24 2003-09-16 Radiant Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for regional and whole body temperature modification
US5569274A (en) * 1993-02-22 1996-10-29 Heartport, Inc. Endoscopic vascular clamping system and method
US5636634A (en) * 1993-03-16 1997-06-10 Ep Technologies, Inc. Systems using guide sheaths for introducing, deploying, and stabilizing cardiac mapping and ablation probes
US5545200A (en) * 1993-07-20 1996-08-13 Medtronic Cardiorhythm Steerable electrophysiology catheter
US5582609A (en) * 1993-10-14 1996-12-10 Ep Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for forming large lesions in body tissue using curvilinear electrode elements
US5730127A (en) * 1993-12-03 1998-03-24 Avitall; Boaz Mapping and ablation catheter system
JP3578460B2 (en) * 1994-06-27 2004-10-20 ボストン サイエンティフィック リミテッド Systems and methods for sensing body temperature
US5810802A (en) * 1994-08-08 1998-09-22 E.P. Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for controlling tissue ablation using multiple temperature sensing elements
WO1996034646A1 (en) * 1995-05-01 1996-11-07 Medtronic Cardiorhythm Dual curve ablation catheter and method
US5807249A (en) * 1996-02-16 1998-09-15 Medtronic, Inc. Reduced stiffness, bidirectionally deflecting catheter assembly
US5824026A (en) * 1996-06-12 1998-10-20 The Spectranetics Corporation Catheter for delivery of electric energy and a process for manufacturing same
US5891027A (en) * 1996-10-21 1999-04-06 Irvine Biomedical, Inc. Cardiovascular catheter system with an inflatable soft tip
US5971983A (en) * 1997-05-09 1999-10-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Tissue ablation device and method of use
US20030109778A1 (en) * 1997-06-20 2003-06-12 Cardiac Assist Devices, Inc. Electrophysiology/ablation catheter and remote actuator therefor
US5819802A (en) * 1997-09-12 1998-10-13 Fan; Jui Hua I-type counterflow absorber
US6308090B1 (en) * 1998-03-09 2001-10-23 Irvine Biomedical, Inc. Devices and methods for coronary sinus mapping
US6368316B1 (en) * 1998-06-11 2002-04-09 Target Therapeutics, Inc. Catheter with composite stiffener
US6066132A (en) * 1998-06-30 2000-05-23 Ethicon, Inc. Articulating endometrial ablation device
US6542781B1 (en) * 1999-11-22 2003-04-01 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Loop structures for supporting diagnostic and therapeutic elements in contact with body tissue
US6711444B2 (en) * 1999-11-22 2004-03-23 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Methods of deploying helical diagnostic and therapeutic element supporting structures within the body
ES2289619T3 (en) * 2000-09-07 2008-02-01 Covidien Ag APPARATUS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INTERVERTEBRAL DISCS.
EP1201198A1 (en) * 2000-10-27 2002-05-02 MicroNet Medical, Inc. Catheter with thin film electrodes and method for making same
US6728563B2 (en) * 2000-11-29 2004-04-27 St. Jude Medical, Daig Division, Inc. Electrophysiology/ablation catheter having “halo” configuration
WO2002085205A2 (en) 2001-04-20 2002-10-31 C. R. Bard, Inc. Telescoping tip electrode catheter
US6893436B2 (en) * 2002-01-03 2005-05-17 Afx, Inc. Ablation instrument having a flexible distal portion
US20070135875A1 (en) * 2002-04-08 2007-06-14 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8145316B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2012-03-27 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US8150519B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US8347891B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2013-01-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen
US20080213331A1 (en) * 2002-04-08 2008-09-04 Ardian, Inc. Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking
US7756583B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2010-07-13 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for intravascularly-induced neuromodulation
US8131371B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2012-03-06 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US8150520B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods for catheter-based renal denervation
US7853333B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2010-12-14 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US7620451B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2009-11-17 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for pulsed electric field neuromodulation via an intra-to-extravascular approach
US20070129761A1 (en) * 2002-04-08 2007-06-07 Ardian, Inc. Methods for treating heart arrhythmia
US8774913B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for intravasculary-induced neuromodulation
US7617005B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2009-11-10 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US7162303B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2007-01-09 Ardian, Inc. Renal nerve stimulation method and apparatus for treatment of patients
US6978174B2 (en) * 2002-04-08 2005-12-20 Ardian, Inc. Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking
US20040147828A1 (en) * 2002-04-22 2004-07-29 Gibson Charles A. Telescoping tip electrode catheter
DE10218426A1 (en) * 2002-04-24 2003-11-06 Biotronik Mess & Therapieg Ablation device for cardiac tissue, in particular for producing linear lesions between two vascular orifices in the heart
US8066700B2 (en) * 2003-01-31 2011-11-29 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Cartilage treatment probe
US7544197B2 (en) * 2003-05-06 2009-06-09 Greatbatch Ltd. Rotatable lead introducer
JP2006526464A (en) * 2003-06-05 2006-11-24 フローメディカ,インコーポレイテッド System and method for performing bilateral intervention or diagnosis in a branched body lumen
US7753906B2 (en) * 2004-09-14 2010-07-13 Richard Esposito Catheter having anchoring and stabilizing devices
US20070083239A1 (en) * 2005-09-23 2007-04-12 Denise Demarais Methods and apparatus for inducing, monitoring and controlling renal neuromodulation
US7937143B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2011-05-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for inducing controlled renal neuromodulation
WO2006052940A2 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-18 Asthmatx, Inc. Medical device with procedure improvement features
WO2006052905A2 (en) * 2004-11-08 2006-05-18 Cardima, Inc. System and method for performing ablation and other medical procedures using an electrode array with flex circuit
WO2006091597A1 (en) * 2005-02-22 2006-08-31 Cardiofocus, Inc. Deflectable sheath catheters
WO2006121916A1 (en) * 2005-05-05 2006-11-16 Boston Scientific Limited Preshaped localization catheter and system for graphically reconstructing pulmonary vein ostia
US20070021803A1 (en) * 2005-07-22 2007-01-25 The Foundry Inc. Systems and methods for neuromodulation for treatment of pain and other disorders associated with nerve conduction
EP1983903B1 (en) * 2006-01-27 2014-03-19 Medtronic, Inc. Ablation device and system for guiding ablation device into a patient's body
US7662152B2 (en) * 2006-06-13 2010-02-16 Biosense Webster, Inc. Catheter with multi port tip for optical lesion evaluation
CN101610735B (en) * 2006-06-28 2015-07-01 美敦力Af卢森堡公司 Methods and systems for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US7708704B2 (en) * 2006-07-31 2010-05-04 Codman & Shurtleff, Pc Interventional medical device component having an interrupted spiral section and method of making the same
US20080051704A1 (en) * 2006-08-28 2008-02-28 Patel Rajnikant V Catheter and system for using same
WO2008112870A2 (en) * 2007-03-13 2008-09-18 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Epicardial ablation catheter and method of use
US8357152B2 (en) * 2007-10-08 2013-01-22 Biosense Webster (Israel), Ltd. Catheter with pressure sensing
US8652129B2 (en) * 2008-12-31 2014-02-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8808345B2 (en) * 2008-12-31 2014-08-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Handle assemblies for intravascular treatment devices and associated systems and methods
US9408661B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2016-08-09 Patrick A. Haverkost RF electrodes on multiple flexible wires for renal nerve ablation
US20120029505A1 (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-02 Jenson Mark L Self-Leveling Electrode Sets for Renal Nerve Ablation
US9028485B2 (en) * 2010-11-15 2015-05-12 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-expanding cooling electrode for renal nerve ablation
US9089350B2 (en) * 2010-11-16 2015-07-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with RF electrode and integral contrast dye injection arrangement
AU2011329669B2 (en) * 2010-11-19 2016-07-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve detection and ablation apparatus and method
US9192435B2 (en) * 2010-11-22 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with cooled RF electrode
US20120157992A1 (en) * 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Scott Smith Off-wall electrode device for renal nerve ablation
US10016233B2 (en) * 2010-12-06 2018-07-10 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Treatment of atrial fibrillation using high-frequency pacing and ablation of renal nerves
US20120184952A1 (en) * 2011-01-19 2012-07-19 Jenson Mark L Low-profile off-wall electrode device for renal nerve ablation
US20130035681A1 (en) * 2011-08-04 2013-02-07 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Novel catheter for contiguous rf ablation
US20130090649A1 (en) * 2011-10-11 2013-04-11 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and methods for renal nerve modulation
WO2013055537A1 (en) * 2011-10-11 2013-04-18 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Ablation catheter with insulated tip
EP2768563B1 (en) * 2011-10-18 2016-11-09 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable medical devices
US9119632B2 (en) * 2011-11-21 2015-09-01 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable renal nerve ablation catheter
US20130172880A1 (en) * 2011-12-29 2013-07-04 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve modulation devices and methods for renal nerve modulation

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040243102A1 (en) * 1994-02-14 2004-12-02 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Guide catheter having selected flexural modulus segments
US20070066972A1 (en) * 2001-11-29 2007-03-22 Medwaves, Inc. Ablation catheter apparatus with one or more electrodes
US20070265687A1 (en) * 2002-04-08 2007-11-15 Ardian, Inc. Apparatuses for renal neuromodulation

Cited By (204)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10420606B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-09-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen
US9731132B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-08-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal neuromodulation
US8131371B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-06 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US8145317B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-27 Ardian, Inc. Methods for renal neuromodulation
US8145316B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-27 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US8150518B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Renal nerve stimulation method and apparatus for treatment of patients
US8150519B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US8150520B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-04-03 Ardian, Inc. Methods for catheter-based renal denervation
US8175711B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-05-08 Ardian, Inc. Methods for treating a condition or disease associated with cardio-renal function
US9707035B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-07-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
US10376311B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-08-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for intravascularly-induced neuromodulation
US8347891B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-01-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen
US9636174B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-05-02 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation
US8444640B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-05-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen
US8454594B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-06-04 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatus for performing a non-continuous circumferential treatment of a body lumen
US9743983B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-08-29 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of patients
US9757192B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-09-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of patients
US11033328B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2021-06-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US8548600B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-10-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatuses for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US8551069B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-10-08 Medtronic Adrian Luxembourg S.a.r.l. Methods and apparatus for treating contrast nephropathy
US10850091B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2020-12-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US8620423B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2013-12-31 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for thermal modulation of nerves contributing to renal function
US8626300B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-01-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US9757193B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-09-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Balloon catheter apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US9814873B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-11-14 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US9486270B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-11-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US8684998B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-04-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for inhibiting renal nerve activity
US8721637B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-05-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing renal neuromodulation via catheter apparatuses having inflatable balloons
US9474563B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-10-25 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal neuromodulation
US8728138B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-05-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8728137B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-05-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8740896B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-06-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for performing renal neuromodulation via catheter apparatuses having inflatable balloons
US8768470B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for monitoring renal neuromodulation
US8771252B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking
US8774922B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheter apparatuses having expandable balloons for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US8774913B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for intravasculary-induced neuromodulation
US9468497B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-10-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US8784463B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-07-22 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US9463066B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-10-11 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal neuromodulation
US9827041B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-11-28 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Balloon catheter apparatuses for renal denervation
US9456869B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-10-04 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US8818514B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-08-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for intravascularly-induced neuromodulation
US8845629B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-09-30 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Ultrasound apparatuses for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8852163B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-10-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation via drugs and neuromodulatory agents and associated systems and methods
US9445867B1 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-09-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal neuromodulation via catheters having expandable treatment members
US8880186B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2014-11-04 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of patients with chronic heart failure
US9439726B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-09-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation
US9827040B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-11-28 Medtronic Adrian Luxembourg S.a.r.l. Methods and apparatus for intravascularly-induced neuromodulation
US8934978B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-01-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US8948865B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-02-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for treating heart arrhythmia
US8958871B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-02-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for pulsed electric field neuromodulation via an intra-to-extravascular approach
US9675413B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2017-06-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US9895195B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-02-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation
US9907611B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-03-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of patients
US8983595B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-03-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of patients with chronic heart failure
US8986294B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-03-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.a.rl. Apparatuses for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US9023037B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-05-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Balloon catheter apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US10441356B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-10-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal neuromodulation via neuromodulatory agents
US9364280B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-06-14 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for pulsed electric field neuromodulation via an intra-to-extravascular approach
US10376516B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-08-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking
US8131372B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2012-03-06 Ardian, Inc. Renal nerve stimulation method for treatment of patients
US9956410B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-05-01 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US9072527B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-07-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatuses and methods for renal neuromodulation
US10376312B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-08-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US10293190B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-05-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Thermally-induced renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US10272246B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-04-30 Medtronic Adrian Luxembourg S.a.r.l Methods for extravascular renal neuromodulation
US9968611B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-05-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and devices for renal nerve blocking
US9125661B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-09-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US9131978B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-09-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US9138281B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-09-22 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for bilateral renal neuromodulation via catheter apparatuses having expandable baskets
US10245429B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-04-02 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US9186198B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-11-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Ultrasound apparatuses for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US9186213B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-11-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal neuromodulation
US10179235B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-01-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US10179027B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-01-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheter apparatuses having expandable baskets for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US10034708B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-07-31 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US9192715B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2015-11-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for renal nerve blocking
US10179028B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2019-01-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for treating patients via renal neuromodulation
US10130792B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-11-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation using neuromodulatory agents or drugs
US10124195B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-11-13 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US10111707B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-10-30 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of human patients
US9265558B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-02-23 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US9289255B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-03-22 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for renal neuromodulation
US9308043B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-04-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for monopolar renal neuromodulation
US9308044B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-04-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for therapeutic renal neuromodulation
US9314630B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-04-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Renal neuromodulation for treatment of patients
US10039596B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-08-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatus for renal neuromodulation via an intra-to-extravascular approach
US9320561B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-04-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for bilateral renal neuromodulation
US9327122B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
US9326817B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for treating heart arrhythmia
US10105180B2 (en) 2002-04-08 2018-10-23 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for intravascularly-induced neuromodulation
US8433423B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2013-04-30 Ardian, Inc. Methods for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US9950161B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2018-04-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US8805545B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2014-08-12 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US10537734B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2020-01-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US9108040B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2015-08-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US9402992B2 (en) 2004-10-05 2016-08-02 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and apparatus for multi-vessel renal neuromodulation
US8676309B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2014-03-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for neuromodulation for treatment of pain and other disorders associated with nerve conduction
US9345538B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2016-05-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for neuromodulation for treatment of disorders associated with nerve conduction
US8504147B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2013-08-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for neuromodulation for treatment of pain and other disorders associated with nerve conduction
US9345900B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2016-05-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US9314644B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2016-04-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US11801085B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2023-10-31 Medtronic Ireland Manufacturing Unlimited Company Devices for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US10722288B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2020-07-28 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices for thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US11298174B2 (en) 2008-11-21 2022-04-12 Pentax Of America, Inc. Cryogenic ablation system and method
US10537385B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2020-01-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation for treatment of polycystic ovary syndrome or infertility
US8652129B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2014-02-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US10561460B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2020-02-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation systems and methods for treatment of sexual dysfunction
US8808345B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2014-08-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Handle assemblies for intravascular treatment devices and associated systems and methods
US8777942B2 (en) 2008-12-31 2014-07-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation
US8974445B2 (en) 2009-01-09 2015-03-10 Recor Medical, Inc. Methods and apparatus for treatment of cardiac valve insufficiency
US9056184B2 (en) 2010-01-26 2015-06-16 Northwind Medical, Inc. Methods for renal denervation
US8975233B2 (en) 2010-01-26 2015-03-10 Northwind Medical, Inc. Methods for renal denervation
US9192790B2 (en) 2010-04-14 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Focused ultrasonic renal denervation
US8870863B2 (en) 2010-04-26 2014-10-28 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation
US8728075B2 (en) 2010-04-26 2014-05-20 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Multi-directional deflectable catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation
US8473067B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2013-06-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation and stimulation employing wireless vascular energy transfer arrangement
US8880185B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2014-11-04 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation and stimulation employing wireless vascular energy transfer arrangement
US9408661B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-08-09 Patrick A. Haverkost RF electrodes on multiple flexible wires for renal nerve ablation
US9463062B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-10-11 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Cooled conductive balloon RF catheter for renal nerve ablation
US9084609B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2015-07-21 Boston Scientific Scime, Inc. Spiral balloon catheter for renal nerve ablation
US9358365B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-06-07 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Precision electrode movement control for renal nerve ablation
US9155589B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2015-10-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Sequential activation RF electrode set for renal nerve ablation
EP3449856A1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2019-03-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.à.r.l. Device for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
KR101912960B1 (en) 2010-10-25 2018-10-29 메드트로닉 아르디언 룩셈부르크 에스에이알엘 Catheter Appratuses having Multi-Electrode Arrays for Renal Neuromodulation and Associated Systems and Methods
EP3100696B1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2023-01-11 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.à.r.l. Catheter apparatuses having multi-electrode arrays for renal neuromodulation
US9066720B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2015-06-30 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
US8974451B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2015-03-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve ablation using conductive fluid jet and RF energy
US10179020B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2019-01-15 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
US9750560B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2017-09-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
TWI513451B (en) * 2010-10-25 2015-12-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
JP2013544130A (en) * 2010-10-25 2013-12-12 メドトロニック アーディアン ルクセンブルク ソシエテ ア レスポンサビリテ リミテ Devices, systems, and methods for neuromodulation therapy evaluation and feedback
US11006999B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2021-05-18 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
WO2012061153A1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2012-05-10 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
CN103313671A (en) * 2010-10-25 2013-09-18 美敦力阿迪安卢森堡有限责任公司 Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
JP2017080420A (en) * 2010-10-25 2017-05-18 メドトロニック アーディアン ルクセンブルク ソシエテ ア レスポンサビリテ リミテ Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
US9345530B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2016-05-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
US11116572B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2021-09-14 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Catheter apparatuses having multi-electrode arrays for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
JP2018079334A (en) * 2010-10-25 2018-05-24 メドトロニック アーディアン ルクセンブルク ソシエテ ア レスポンサビリテ リミテ Devices, systems and methods for evaluation and feedback of neuromodulation treatment
US9220558B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2015-12-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. RF renal denervation catheter with multiple independent electrodes
US9848946B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2017-12-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-expanding cooling electrode for renal nerve ablation
US9028485B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2015-05-12 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-expanding cooling electrode for renal nerve ablation
US9089350B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2015-07-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with RF electrode and integral contrast dye injection arrangement
US9668811B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2017-06-06 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Minimally invasive access for renal nerve ablation
US9326751B2 (en) 2010-11-17 2016-05-03 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Catheter guidance of external energy for renal denervation
US11457972B2 (en) 2010-11-17 2022-10-04 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Sympathetic state evaluation for renal neuromodulation therapy
US9060761B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2015-06-23 Boston Scientific Scime, Inc. Catheter-focused magnetic field induced renal nerve ablation
US9023034B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-05-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal ablation electrode with force-activatable conduction apparatus
US9192435B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with cooled RF electrode
US9220561B2 (en) 2011-01-19 2015-12-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Guide-compatible large-electrode catheter for renal nerve ablation with reduced arterial injury
CN102274075A (en) * 2011-05-03 2011-12-14 上海微创电生理医疗科技有限公司 Multipolar punctiform electrode catheter for heat-induced kidney neuroregulation
US9579030B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2017-02-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Percutaneous devices and methods to visualize, target and ablate nerves
US9186209B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2015-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Nerve modulation system having helical guide
CN103957981A (en) * 2011-08-24 2014-07-30 理查德·R·休瑟 Devices and methods for treating hypertension with energy
US9375154B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2016-06-28 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd System and method for locating and identifying the functional nerves innervating the wall of arteries and catheters for same
US11324408B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2022-05-10 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd Mapping sympathetic nerve distribution for renal ablation and catheters for same
US9820811B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2017-11-21 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd System and method for mapping the functional nerves innervating the wall of arteries, 3-D mapping and catheters for same
US9770291B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2017-09-26 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Ltd Device for mapping and ablating renal nerves distributed on the renal artery
US10575783B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2020-03-03 Synchron Australia Pty Limited Methods for sensing or stimulating activity of tissue
US9186210B2 (en) 2011-10-10 2015-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices including ablation electrodes
CN102551874A (en) * 2011-10-20 2012-07-11 上海微创电生理医疗科技有限公司 Renal artery radiofrequency ablation catheter
CN102551874B (en) * 2011-10-20 2015-07-22 上海微创电生理医疗科技有限公司 Renal artery radiofrequency ablation catheter
US9327123B2 (en) 2011-11-07 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Endovascular nerve monitoring devices and associated systems and methods
US10729365B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2020-08-04 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Biomarker sampling in the context of neuromodulation devices, systems, and methods
US11338140B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2022-05-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Monitoring of neuromodulation using biomarkers
US10368791B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2019-08-06 Medtronic Adrian Luxembourg S.a.r.l. Devices and associated methods for monitoring of neuromodulation using biomarkers
US9597018B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2017-03-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Biomarker sampling in the context of neuromodulation devices, systems, and methods
US10874455B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2020-12-29 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Ovarian neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
US9510777B2 (en) 2012-03-08 2016-12-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Monitoring of neuromodulation using biomarkers
US10441355B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-10-15 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Ablation targeting nerves in or near the inferior vena cava and/or abdominal aorta for treatment of hypertension
US9439722B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2016-09-13 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Ablation targeting nerves in or near the inferior vena cava and/or abdominal aorta for treatment of hypertension
US11058485B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-07-13 Biosense Webster (Israel), Ltd. Ablation targeting nerves in or near the inferior vena cava and/or abdominal aorta for treatment of hypertension
RU2610529C2 (en) * 2012-05-09 2017-02-13 Байосенс Вебстер (Изрэйл), Лтд. Nerves affected by target ablation in inferior vena cava and/or abdominal aorta nearby them for treating hypertension
US10512504B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2019-12-24 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Multi-electrode catheter assemblies for renal neuromodulation and associated systems and methods
WO2014029355A1 (en) * 2012-08-24 2014-02-27 Symap Medical (Suzhou) , Ltd Device for mapping and ablating renal nerves distributed on the renal artery
US10080864B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-09-25 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Packaging for catheter treatment devices and associated devices, systems, and methods
US10076384B2 (en) 2013-03-08 2018-09-18 Symple Surgical, Inc. Balloon catheter apparatus with microwave emitter
US10543037B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-01-28 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Controlled neuromodulation systems and methods of use
WO2014189794A1 (en) 2013-05-18 2014-11-27 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation catheters with shafts for enhanced flexibility and control and associated devices, systems, and methods
US10737067B2 (en) 2013-08-01 2020-08-11 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Guiding catheter for renal artery and method for using the same
US9339332B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2016-05-17 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation catheters with nerve monitoring features for transmitting digital neural signals and associated systems and methods
US10292610B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-05-21 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation systems having nerve monitoring assemblies and associated devices, systems, and methods
US9931047B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2018-04-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation catheters with nerve monitoring features for transmitting digital neural signals and associated systems and methods
US9326816B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2016-05-03 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Neuromodulation systems having nerve monitoring assemblies and associated devices, systems, and methods
US10433902B2 (en) 2013-10-23 2019-10-08 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Current control methods and systems
US10194980B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-02-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
US9980766B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-05-29 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for renal neuromodulation
US10194979B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-02-05 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for catheter-based renal neuromodulation
US10610292B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2020-04-07 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Devices, systems, and methods for monitoring and/or controlling deployment of a neuromodulation element within a body lumen and related technology
US11154712B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2021-10-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods for assessing efficacy of renal neuromodulation and associated systems and devices
US10368775B2 (en) 2014-10-01 2019-08-06 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for evaluating neuromodulation therapy via hemodynamic responses
US11311205B2 (en) 2014-10-01 2022-04-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for evaluating neuromodulation therapy via hemodynamic responses
US10485968B2 (en) 2015-10-20 2019-11-26 The University Of Melbourne Medical device for sensing and or stimulating tissue
US10729530B2 (en) 2015-10-20 2020-08-04 Nicholas Lachlan OPIE Endovascular device for sensing and or stimulating tissue
US11141584B2 (en) 2015-10-20 2021-10-12 The University Of Melbourne Medical device for sensing and or stimulating tissue
US11234762B2 (en) 2015-12-15 2022-02-01 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Method and deployable multi-spine apparatus for catheter-based renal denervation
WO2017105351A1 (en) * 2015-12-15 2017-06-22 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Method and deployable multi-spine apparatus for catheter-based renal denervation
US11266456B2 (en) 2016-05-20 2022-03-08 Pentax Of America, Inc. Cryogenic ablation system with rotatable and translatable catheter
CN109414284A (en) * 2016-05-20 2019-03-01 美国宾得公司 Cryogenic ablation system with rotatable and translatable conduit
CN109414284B (en) * 2016-05-20 2021-08-10 美国宾得公司 Cryogenic ablation system with rotatable and translatable catheter
US11311340B2 (en) 2016-10-28 2022-04-26 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for optimizing perivascular neuromodulation therapy using computational fluid dynamics
US10231784B2 (en) 2016-10-28 2019-03-19 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Methods and systems for optimizing perivascular neuromodulation therapy using computational fluid dynamics
US11633120B2 (en) 2018-09-04 2023-04-25 Medtronic Ardian Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Systems and methods for assessing efficacy of renal neuromodulation therapy
US11832965B2 (en) 2018-10-06 2023-12-05 Symap Medical (Suzhou), Limited System and method for mapping the functional nerves innervating the wall of arteries, 3-D mapping and catheters for same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2626023A3 (en) 2013-12-18
ATE554718T1 (en) 2012-05-15
EP2626025A2 (en) 2013-08-14
EP2206476A1 (en) 2010-07-14
CA2748454A1 (en) 2010-07-08
ES2386829T3 (en) 2012-08-31
EP2206477B1 (en) 2016-04-13
US20230404662A1 (en) 2023-12-21
EP2626024A3 (en) 2013-12-18
KR20110129858A (en) 2011-12-02
AU2009333040B2 (en) 2014-08-21
KR20170024133A (en) 2017-03-06
BRPI0923912A2 (en) 2016-01-12
KR101751258B1 (en) 2017-06-29
PL2204134T3 (en) 2012-09-28
AU2009333040A1 (en) 2011-07-21
EP2626024A2 (en) 2013-08-14
EP2626023B1 (en) 2021-09-29
CN102438690B (en) 2015-04-22
SG172801A1 (en) 2011-08-29
US20100168739A1 (en) 2010-07-01
JP2015213826A (en) 2015-12-03
EP2206477A1 (en) 2010-07-14
EP2626025A3 (en) 2014-01-01
JP2012513873A (en) 2012-06-21
EP2626022A2 (en) 2013-08-14
EP2626022A3 (en) 2013-12-18
EP2626023A2 (en) 2013-08-14
CN102438690A (en) 2012-05-02
NZ594338A (en) 2014-02-28
IL213854A0 (en) 2011-07-31
JP5827128B2 (en) 2015-12-02
EP2204134B1 (en) 2012-04-25
US20230277240A1 (en) 2023-09-07
MX2011007020A (en) 2011-09-27
IL213854A (en) 2014-09-30
PT2204134E (en) 2012-05-14
RU2011131923A (en) 2013-02-10
EP2204134A1 (en) 2010-07-07
CA2748454C (en) 2017-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11666380B2 (en) Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation related application
US20230404662A1 (en) Apparatus, systems, and methods for achieving intravascular, thermally-induced renal neuromodulation related application
US8870863B2 (en) Catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation
AU2011248787B2 (en) Catheter apparatuses, systems, and methods for renal neuromodulation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200980157662.7

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09837027

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2748454

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2009333040

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2011/007020

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011544509

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2775/KOLNP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009333040

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20091222

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117017985

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 594338

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011131923

Country of ref document: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09837027

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: PI0923912

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0923912

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20110630